THOLLAMURROUGH STONE & EARTH QUARRY Over an ...

HECS/SanthoshBulemetals/1(a)/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

REPORT

For

THOLLAMURROUGH STONE & EARTH

QUARRY

Over an extent of 2.06.0Ha

At

Survey No: 8/1B & 8/2

Villages: Thollamur

Taluk: Vanur

District: Villupuram

State: Tamil Nadu

By

Tvl. Sri. Santhosh Blue Metals,

Represented by its Partner

Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh,

No.173/1, SarkkarThoppu,

Tindivanam Taluk, Villupuram District.

(Project termed under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B2� category as per EIA

Notification 2006 and its amendments thereafter and as per the O.M issued vide F.No.

L-11011/175/2018-IA-II (M), dated: 12.12.2018 considering the cluster the project is

termed under Schedule 1(a) mining of minor Minerals �B1� category)

EIA Consultant

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI

NOVEMBER2021

Thollamur Rough Stone Quarry Draft EIA/EMP Report

HECS/SanthoshBulemetals/1(a)/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021Page 2 of 259

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in

collection, compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling

the report on Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report of Thollamurrough stone

Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, with a production capacity of 2,89,870 m3of rough stone

for five years, at survey number8/1B & 8/2, Thollamurvillage, VanurTaluk, Villupuram

District, TamilNadu State.

Proponent

Tvl. Sri. Santhosh Blue Metals

(Represented by its Partner)

Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh

M/s Hubert Enviro Care System Private Limited

1) Dr. J R Moses (CEO)

2) Dr. Raj Kumar Samuel (Director- Technical)

3) Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru (Head-Consultancy& EIA Coordinator)



Declaration by the Project Proponent

I,Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh partner of Tvl. Sri. Santhosh Blue Metals, declaration/ undertaking

that owing the contents (information and data) of the EIA report preparation has been

undertaken in the compliance with Terms of Reference (ToR) for the “Thollamur Rough

stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, at survey number 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village,

Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State”and the information and content provided

in the report are factually correct.

Tvl. Sri. Santhosh Blue Metals

(Represented by its Partner)

Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh



Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr.J.R. Moses, hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the

DrfatEIA/EMP report for Thollamurrough stone quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, with

aproduction capacity of 2,89,870 m3of rough stone for five years, at survey number8/1B &

8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State.

I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information

mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Date: 27.11.2021

Name: Dr. J. R. Moses

Designation: Chief Executive Officer

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd,

Chennai

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0172& valid upto 13.10.2022

Thollamur Rough Stone Quarry

HECS/SanthoshBulemetals/1(a)/B1/EC

Declaration

I, hereby, certify that I

Thollamurrough stone quarry,

2,89,870 m3of rough stone for

Vanur Taluk, Villupuram Distr

following capacity that develop

area experts.

Name: Mr. V

Signature:

Date: 27.11.2

Contact Information: M/s. Huber

# A-21, IIThiru Vi

Guindy, C

Tamil Na

Email: co

Website:

Functional Area Experts (FAE

S.No.

FunctionalAreas

Na

1. AP FAE Mr. Vamse

2. AQ FAE Dr. J R M

3. WP FAE Mr. Vamse

4. SHW FAE Mr. Vamse

5. SE FAE Mr. V. Dh

)/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021

aration of Experts contributing to the EIA

that I was involved in the Draft EIA report for

uarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, with product

ne for five years, at survey number8/1B & 8/2, T

District, TamilNaduState.I was a part of the

veloped the above EIA with the support of the fo

EIA Coordinator

r. Vamsee Krishna Navooru

:

11.2021

. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd

-21, III Phase, Behind Lions Club Schooliru Vi Ka Industrial Estate

indy, Chennai - 600 032,

il Nadu, India.

ail: [email protected]

site: www.hecs.in

(FAEs):

Name of the Expert Signature

msee Krishna Navooru Ju

Moses

msee Krishna Navooru

msee Krishna Navooru

Dhivakar

Draft EIA/EMP Report

Page 5 of 259

EIA

rt for the project titled

production capacity of

8/2, Thollamur village,

the EIA team in the

the following functional

Duration ofInvolvement

June2021 to Till Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date



S.No.

FunctionalAreas

Na

6. EB FAE Dr. Rajkum

7. HG FAE Mr. Mallika

8. GEO FAE B. Mallika

9. NV FAE

Mr. Vivek

Mr. Vamse

10. LU FAE Mr. Venka

11. RH FAE Dr. J R M

12. SC FAE Dr. Nagar

LU - Land Use

AP - Air Pollution monitorin

AQ - Meteorology, air qualit

WP - Water pollution monito

EB - Ecology and Biodiversi

NV - Noise& Vibration

SE - Socio-economics

HG - Hydrology, ground wa

GEO - Geology

RH - Risk assessment and

SHW - Solid and hazardous w

SC - Soil Conservation

)/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021

Name of the Expert Signature

jkumar Samuel

llikarjuna Rao

likarjuna Rao

vek Navare

msee Krishna Navooru. (N)

nkateshwaraluRachala

Moses

garaja B.C

toring, prevention and control

uality modeling and prediction

onitoring, prevention and control

iversity

water and water conservation

and hazards management

us waste management


Page 6 of 259

Duration ofInvolvement

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date

June 2021 to Till

Date



TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................22

1.1 Project back ground .....................................................................................................................22

1.2 Purpose and Status of the Report..............................................................................................22

1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent ..........................................................................23

1.3.1 Project............................................................................................................................................ 23

1.3.1 Project Proponent ........................................................................................................................ 23

1.4 Letter of Intent (LoI)& Mining Plan approval details. ..............................................................24

1.5 Land Acquisition Status ..............................................................................................................24

1.6 Brief Description of the Project ..................................................................................................24

1.6.1 Nature of the Project.................................................................................................................... 24

1.6.2 Size of the Project ........................................................................................................................ 25

1.6.3 Location of the project ................................................................................................................. 25

1.6.4 Connectivity of the Project .......................................................................................................... 26

1.6.5 Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region .................................. 26

1.6.5.1 Demand –Supply Gap............................................................................................................. 26

1.6.5.2 Imports Vs Indigenous ............................................................................................................ 27

1.6.5.3 Export possibility ...................................................................................................................... 27

1.6.5.4 Domestic/export markets........................................................................................................ 27

1.7 EIA Study ........................................................................................................................................27

1.8 EIA Cost ..........................................................................................................................................27

1.9 Scope of the Study .......................................................................................................................27

1.9.1 Objectives of the Study ............................................................................................................... 29

1.9.2 Methodology adopted for the Study .......................................................................................... 30

1.9.3 Applicable Regulatory Framework............................................................................................. 30

1.9.4 Legal Complicability ..................................................................................................................... 30

1.9.5 Terms of Refernce Compliance ................................................................................................. 31

1.9.5.1 Specific conditions in addition to the normal conditions as part of ToR: ......................... 31

1.9.5.2 Additional ToR as recommended by SEAC......................................................................... 33

1.9.5.3 Standard Terms of Reference ............................................................................................... 34

Surface Water Pollution Control Measures ........................................................................................................ 45

Ground Water Pollution Control Measures ......................................................................................................... 45

Rain Water Harvesting..................................................................................................................................... 45

Surface Water Pollution Control Measures ........................................................................................................ 46

Ground Water Pollution Control Measures ......................................................................................................... 46

Impacts on Occupational Health due to project operations ....................................................................................... 49

Mitigate Measures for Occupational Health ........................................................................................................ 49



1.9.5.4 In addition to the above the following shall be furnished: .................................................. 54

1.9.5.5 Besides the above the below mentioned general points should also be followed: ........ 57

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION....................................................................................58

2.1 Type of Project including interlinked and interdependent projects ....................................58

2.2 Need of the Project .......................................................................................................................58

2.3 Location of the Quarry .................................................................................................................59

2.4 Nearest Human Settlement..........................................................................................................67

2.5 Details of alternate sites considered .........................................................................................68

2.6 Size or Magnitude of operation ..................................................................................................68

2.7 Estimation of Reserves ................................................................................................................68

2.8 Project Cost ...................................................................................................................................75

2.9 Proposed Schedule for approval and implementation...........................................................75

2.10 Technology & Process Description ...........................................................................................76

2.10.1 Technology.................................................................................................................................... 76

2.10.2 Method of mining-Open Cast Working...................................................................................... 76

2.11 Process Description .....................................................................................................................77

2.11.1 Mining ............................................................................................................................................ 77

2.11.2 Blasting .......................................................................................................................................... 77

2.11.3 Loading & Transportation............................................................................................................ 78

2.11.4 Explosives ..................................................................................................................................... 78

2.11.5 Storage of Explosives .................................................................................................................. 79

2.11.6 Mine Drainage .............................................................................................................................. 79

2.11.7 Disposal of Waste ........................................................................................................................ 79

2.11.8 Stabilization of Dump................................................................................................................... 79

2.12 Requirements ................................................................................................................................79

2.12.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning ............................................................................. 79

2.12.2 Water Requirement...................................................................................................................... 80

2.12.3 Power & Fuel Requirement ........................................................................................................ 80

2.12.4 List of Equipments ....................................................................................................................... 81

2.12.5 Man power Requirement............................................................................................................. 81

2.12.6 Solid Waste Management........................................................................................................... 81

2.12.7 Hazardous waste Management ................................................................................................. 82

2.13 Infrastructure facilities .................................................................................................................82



2.14 Resource optimization/recycling and reuse envisaged in the project ................................82

2.15 Availability of water its source, Energy/power requirement and source ............................82

2.16 Project description including drawings showing project layout, component of project,

Schematic Representations of the Feasibility drawing which Give Information Important for

EIA Purpose................................................................................................................................................82

2.16.1 Project layout and component of project. ................................................................................. 82

2.16.2 A schematic represeantation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment

process 83

2.17 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meet the

Environmental Standards ........................................................................................................................84

2.17.1 Land Environment ........................................................................................................................ 84

2.17.2 AirEnvironment ............................................................................................................................. 85

2.17.3 Sources of Air Pollution ............................................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.1 Point Source/Single Source ............................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.2 Drilling ................................................................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.3 Loading ................................................................................................................................. 86

2.17.3.4 Unloading.............................................................................................................................. 86

2.17.3.5 LineSources ......................................................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.6 Transportation ...................................................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.7 AreaSources/Multiple Sources .......................................................................................... 86

2.17.3.8 Instantaneous Sources....................................................................................................... 87

2.17.4 Noise & Vibration Environment .................................................................................................. 87

2.17.4.1 Noise Levels......................................................................................................................... 88

2.17.4.2 Vibration................................................................................................................................ 88

2.17.5 Water Environment ...................................................................................................................... 89

2.17.5.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies .................................................................................... 90

2.17.5.2 Impact on Ground Water .................................................................................................... 90

2.17.6 Biological Environment................................................................................................................ 90

2.17.7 Solid Waste Management........................................................................................................... 91

2.17.7.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation ............................................................................ 91

2.17.7.2 Solid Waste Management .................................................................................................. 91

2.17.8 Afforestation .................................................................................................................................. 91

2.17.9 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technology Failure .............. 92

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT....................................................................93

3.1 Preamble.........................................................................................................................................93

3.2 Study Area......................................................................................................................................93

3.3 Description of Study Area ...........................................................................................................94

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ........................................................................97

3.5 Physical Conditions of PIA district ..........................................................................................109



3.5.1 PIA District Profile ...................................................................................................................... 109

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions .................................................................................................................... 109

3.5.3 Natural Resources of PIA District ............................................................................................ 109

3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna......................................................................................................................... 109

3.5.3.2 Forest Resources .................................................................................................................. 110

3.5.3.3 Irrigation ..................................................................................................................................110

3.5.3.4 Agricultural Resources .......................................................................................................... 111

3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources................................................................................................................. 111

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover............................................................................................................ 113

3.5.4.1 Land Use and Land Cover of the Study Area....................................................................116

3.5.5 Topography .................................................................................................................................119

3.5.6 Geomorphology of PIA district .................................................................................................122

3.5.7 Geomorphology of the Study Area..................................................................................................122

3.5.7 Hydrogeology of PIA district ..................................................................................................... 126

3.5.8 Drainage Pattern in PIA district ................................................................................................ 128

3.5.9 Geology ....................................................................................................................................... 130

3.5.10 Seismicity ....................................................................................................................................132

3.5.11 Soil in PIA District....................................................................................................................... 133

3.5.12 Natural Hazards in PIA District.................................................................................................135

3.6 Air Environment ..........................................................................................................................137

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions ........................................................................................................ 137

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection ................................................................................................ 137

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data ......................................................... 137

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period........................................................................ 138

3.6.5 Atmospheric Inversion ............................................................................................................... 140

3.7 Ambient Air Quality ....................................................................................................................140

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ................................................................................. 140

3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency ............................................... 143

3.7.3 Results and Discussions ........................................................................................................... 143

3.7.3.1 Observations .......................................................................................................................... 148

3.8 Noise Environment .....................................................................................................................148


3.8.2 Observations ............................................................................................................................... 149

3.9 Water Environment .....................................................................................................................151

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources......................................................................................................... 151

3.9.1.1 Surface Water Quality Assessment .................................................................................... 151

3.9.1.2 Results and Discussions....................................................................................................... 156

3.9.2 Ground Water Resources ......................................................................................................... 156

3.9.2.1 Ground Water Quality ........................................................................................................... 158

3.9.2.2 Results and Discussions....................................................................................................... 162

3.10 Soil as a resource and its quality.............................................................................................162




3.11 BIOLOGICALENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................166

3.11.1 Methodology ............................................................................................................................... 166

3.11.2 Floral Study .................................................................................................................................167

3.11.3 Faunal Study ............................................................................................................................... 167

3.11.4 Floristic composition within the study area............................................................................. 167

3.11.5 Fauna Diversity........................................................................................................................... 170

3.11.6 Birds species............................................................................................................................... 170

3.11.7 Mammals ..................................................................................................................................... 172

3.11.8 Reptiles & Amphibians .............................................................................................................. 172

3.11.9 Butterfly Species ........................................................................................................................ 173

3.11.10 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................174

3.12 Socio Economic Profile .............................................................................................................174

3.13 Socio Economic Aspects ..........................................................................................................174

3.13.1 Population ...................................................................................................................................175

3.13.2 Population Density and Sex Ratio ........................................................................................... 175

3.13.3 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes .............................................................................. 176

3.13.4 Education & Literacy.................................................................................................................. 176

3.13.5 Health Facilities .......................................................................................................................... 177

3.13.6 Employment and Livelihood ..................................................................................................... 177

3.13.7 Industrial Scenario ..................................................................................................................... 178

3.13.8 Social Economic Profile of the study area .............................................................................. 178

3.13.9 Employment and livelihood....................................................................................................... 183

3.13.10 Educational infrastructure within study area ...................................................................... 187

3.13.11 Dwelling within study area ....................................................................................................192

3.13.12 Health facilities within the study area.................................................................................. 192

3.13.13 Industrialization within the study area................................................................................. 193

3.13.14 Summary.................................................................................................................................194

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

196

Introduction ..............................................................................................................................................196

4.1 Land Environment ......................................................................................................................196

4.1.1 Land Degradation....................................................................................................................... 197

4.1.2 Mitigation Measures................................................................................................................... 197

4.2 Air Environment ..........................................................................................................................197

4.2.1 Mitigation measures................................................................................................................... 198

4.2.2 Meteorological Data ................................................................................................................... 199

4.2.3 AERMET Process ...................................................................................................................... 199

4.2.4 AERMOD Process ..................................................................................................................... 200

4.2.4.1 Emission Calculations ........................................................................................................... 200



4.2.4.2 Mining Operational data........................................................................................................ 201

4.2.4.3 Emission Factors ................................................................................................................... 202

4.2.4.4 Emission dispersion models.................................................................................................202

4.2.5 Conclusion...................................................................................................................................211

4.2.6 Impacts due to Transportation .................................................................................................211

4.2.7 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation.............................................................................. 211

4.2.7.1 Mitigation Measures .............................................................................................................. 212

4.3 Water Environment .....................................................................................................................213

4.3.1 Wastewater Generation ............................................................................................................ 213

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures................................................................................................................... 213

4.3.2.1 Surface Water Pollution Control Measures........................................................................ 213

4.3.2.2 Ground Water Pollution Control Measures ........................................................................ 214

4.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting .............................................................................................................. 214

4.3.4 Drainage pattern and Hydrogeology ....................................................................................... 214

4.3.4.1 Mitigation measures .............................................................................................................. 214

4.4 Impact of Noise / Vibrations & Mitigation Measures.............................................................214

4.4.1 Impact of Noise on Working Environment .............................................................................. 214

4.4.2 Noise due to Drilling and Transportation ................................................................................ 214

4.4.3 Noise Due to Blasting ................................................................................................................ 215

4.4.3.1 Noise Modelling...................................................................................................................... 215

4.4.3.2 Mitigate Measures ................................................................................................................. 218

4.4.4 Impact of Vibration ..................................................................................................................... 219


4.5 Impact on Human Settlement....................................................................................................219

4.6 Biological Environment .............................................................................................................220

4.6.1 Mining activities and their impact on biodiversity ..................................................................220

4.6.2 Existing Biological Scenario ..................................................................................................... 220


4.6.3 Flora and Fauna ......................................................................................................................... 221

4.6.3.1 Impact...................................................................................................................................... 221

4.6.3.2 Impacts of Fauna ................................................................................................................... 221

4.6.3.3 Mitigation measures .............................................................................................................. 222

4.7 Green Belt Development ............................................................................................................222

4.7.1 Impacts on Occupational Health due to project operations ................................................. 223

4.7.1.1 Mitigate Measures for Occupational Health....................................................................... 223

4.7.1.2 Mitigate Measures for Safety Aspects ................................................................................ 224

4.8 Impacts on Social Environment ...............................................................................................224

4.8.1 Corporate Environmental Responsibility ................................................................................ 224

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .......................................................................226



5.1 Incase, the scoping exercise results in need for alternatives: ...........................................226

5.2 Description of each Alternative ................................................................................................226

5.3 Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative .................................................................226

5.4 Mitigation measures proposed for each Alternative ............................................................226

5.5 Selection of alternative ..............................................................................................................226

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ..........................................227

6.1 General..........................................................................................................................................227

6.2 Monitoring Schedules for Various Environmental Parameters ..........................................228

6.2.1 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................................... 228

6.2.2 Water Environment .................................................................................................................... 228

6.2.3 Noise Measurement................................................................................................................... 228

6.3 Post Project Environmental Monitoring..................................................................................229

6.3.1 Occupational Health and Safety .............................................................................................. 230

6.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme...................................................................................231

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES......................................................................................232

7.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................................232

7.1.1 Public Consultation .................................................................................................................... 232

7.1.2 Risk Identification & Management ........................................................................................... 232

7.1.2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................. 232

7.1.2.2 Identification of Hazards in Open Cast Mining ..................................................................234

7.1.2.3 Drilling...................................................................................................................................... 234

7.1.2.4 Blasting....................................................................................................................................234

7.1.2.5 Precautionary Measures to Avoid Accidents Due to Blasting ......................................... 235

7.1.2.6 Overburden Handling ............................................................................................................ 235

7.1.2.7 Heavy Machinery ................................................................................................................... 235

7.1.2.8 Precautionary Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers ............... 235

7.1.2.9 Storage of Explosives ........................................................................................................... 236

7.1.2.10 Safety Measures at the quarry ........................................................................................ 236

7.1.3 Disaster Management Plan ...................................................................................................... 236

7.1.3.1 Emergency Services ............................................................................................................. 237

7.1.3.2 Fire Protection System.......................................................................................................... 238

7.1.3.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan ...................................................................................................... 238

7.1.4 Mine Closure Plan...................................................................................................................... 238

7.1.4.1 Progressive Mine Closure Plan ........................................................................................... 238

7.1.4.2 Water Quality Management .................................................................................................239

7.1.4.3 Air Quality Management ....................................................................................................... 239

7.1.4.4 Solid waste Management ..................................................................................................... 239



7.1.4.5 Mine Drainage ........................................................................................................................ 239

7.1.4.6 Disposal of Waste.................................................................................................................. 240

7.1.4.7 Disposal of Mining Machinery .............................................................................................. 240

7.1.4.8 Other Infrastructure ............................................................................................................... 240

7.1.4.9 Safety & Security ................................................................................................................... 240

7.1.4.10 Rehabilitation and Resettlement ..................................................................................... 240

8 PROJECTBENEFITS..........................................................................................241

8.1 Technology in the Physical Infrastructure .............................................................................241

8.2 Technology in the Social Infrastructure .................................................................................241

8.3 Employment potential- Skilled, Semi skilled and Unskilled ................................................241

8.4 Other tangible benefits ..............................................................................................................241

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST & BENEFIT ANALYSIS..........................................242

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................243

10.1 Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................243

10.2 Emission Source Identification ................................................................................................243

10.3 Air Quality Management ............................................................................................................243

10.3.1 Measures for dust suppression ................................................................................................ 243

10.3.2 Emissions from Material Handling ........................................................................................... 243

10.4 Noise Pollution Control..............................................................................................................244

10.5 Water Pollution Control Measures ...........................................................................................245

10.5.1 Surface Water............................................................................................................................. 245

10.5.2 Mine Drainage Water................................................................................................................. 245

10.6 Land Environment ......................................................................................................................245

10.6.1 Top soil management ................................................................................................................ 245

10.7 Solid Waste Management ..........................................................................................................246

10.8 Stabilization of Dumps ...............................................................................................................246

10.9 Biological Environment .............................................................................................................246

10.10 Afforestation Plan ...................................................................................................................246

10.11 Occupational Health & Safety Measures ............................................................................247

10.12 Socio-Economic Benefits ......................................................................................................247

10.12.1 Employment potential............................................................................................................ 247



10.12.2 Care and Maintenance during Temporary Discontinuance ............................................. 247

10.12.3 Safety and Security ............................................................................................................... 247

10.13 Budget for Environmental Protection .................................................................................248

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION.............................................................................249

11.1 Background..................................................................................................................................249

11.2 Management Commitment ........................................................................................................250

11.3 Environmental Sensitive Areas ................................................................................................250

11.4 Rough Stone Quarry Reserves .................................................................................................250

11.5 Summary of the Magnitude of Operation................................................................................250

11.5.1 Land requirement: ...................................................................................................................... 251

11.5.2 Water Requirement.................................................................................................................... 251

11.5.3 Power & Fuel Requirement ...................................................................................................... 251

11.5.4 Manpower....................................................................................................................................251

11.5.5 Solid Waste Generation & Management ................................................................................ 251

11.5.6 Project Cost.................................................................................................................................251

11.6 Baseline Study.............................................................................................................................252

11.7 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ........................................................................................255

11.8 Greenbelt Development .............................................................................................................256

11.9 Disaster Management Plan........................................................................................................256

11.10 Corporate Environmental Responsibility ...........................................................................256

11.11 Benefits of the Proposed Project .........................................................................................257

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ..................................................................258

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS).......................................258

12.2 Strengths of HECS ......................................................................................................................258

12.3 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation...........................................................................................259



LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1LandUseDescription..........................................................................................................24

Table 1-2 Rough stone Quarry Reserves.......................................................................................25

Table 1-3Boundary Coordinates of the project..............................................................................25

Table 2-1Summary of Project Reserves.........................................................................................58

Table 2-2 Salient Features within 15km radius of the lease area ........................................66

Table 2-3Project summary................................................................................................................67

Table 2-4 Nearest Human Settlement ............................................................................................67

Table 2-5 Land use details of the quarry area ...............................................................................68

Table 2-6 Rough stone Quarry Reserves.......................................................................................68

Table 2-7 Geological Resources ..................................................................................................69

Table 2-8 Available Mineable Reserves......................................................................................69

Table 2-9 Year wise production and development details ....................................................69

Table 2-10Project cost ....................................................................................................................75

Table 2-11Proposed schedule for approval and Implemention ...........................................75

Table 2-12Drilling & Blasting parameters..................................................................................78

Table 2-13Details of Explosives ...................................................................................................78

Table 2-14 Quarry Land details .......................................................................................................79

Table 2-15 Land Use Pattern of the lease area ............................................................................80

Table 2-16Water requirement breakup...........................................................................................80

Table 2-17 Power Requirements .....................................................................................................80

Table 2-18 Lists of Machineries .......................................................................................................81

Table 2-19Manpower Details .........................................................................................................81

Table 2-20 Municipal Solid Waste generation & Management ...................................................81

Table 2-21Hazardous Waste Management ................................................................................82

Table 2-22 Land use pattern of the project Area .....................................................................82

Table 2-23Afforestation Plan details ...........................................................................................92

Table 3-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary ...................97

Table 3-2 Area under irrigation from different sources in the district during 2009-10 ...........110

Table 3-3 District land use/land cover statistics (2015-16) for Viluppuram district ...............113

Table 3-4 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area............................................................................116

Table 3-5Geomorphology of the Study Area ...............................................................................122

Table 3-6: Climatologically Summary – Pondicherry (1971-2000) ....................................138

Table 3-7 Meteorological Data for the Study Period (June 2021 – August 2021)..................139

Table 3-11 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...........................................................141

Table 3-12 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters ....................................143

Table 3-10 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants...........................................145

Table 3-11 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ...............................................................................149

Table 3-12 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters .........................................151

Table 3-13 Details of Surface water sampling locations .....................................................152



Table 3-14: Surface water Monitoring Results.......................................................................................154

Table 3-15: Dynamic Groundwater Resources in PIA District ...........................................156

Table 3-16 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations .........................................................158

Table 3-17 Ground Water Monitoring Results ........................................................................160

Table 3-18 Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations.....................................................................163

Table 3-19 Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Results......................................................165

Table 3-20 List of flora reported/observed in the study area.....................................................167

Table 3-21 List of Birds.................................................................................................................170

Table 3-22 List of Mammals.........................................................................................................172

Table 3-23 List of Reptiles and Amphibians ...........................................................................172

Table 3-24 List of Butterflies .......................................................................................................173

Table 3-25 Social Indicators of Viluppuram District ....................................................................175

Table 3-26 Education Infrastructures in the Viluppuram District...............................................176

Table 3-27 Medical Facilities available in Viluppuram District ..................................................177

Table 3-28 Education Infrastructures in the Tiruvannamalai District ..............................178

Table 3-29 Classification of workers within study area ..............................................................183

Table 3-30 Details of Literacy population in the study area.......................................................187

Table 3-31Health facilities available in the study area .........................................................193

Table 3-32 Summary of Socioeconomic indicators within the study area...............................194

Table 4-1Land Use Pattern of the lease area..............................................................................197

Table 4-2Sources of air pollution at quarry ..................................................................................198

Table 4-3Fugitive dust control in mine ..........................................................................................198

Table 4-4 Dust control measures in quarry ..................................................................................198

Table 4-5 Overview of the Source Parameters .......................................................................201

Table 4-6Stack emission details ....................................................................................................203

Table 4-7Vehicular Sources Emission details .............................................................................203

Table 4-8 Controlled Emissions considered for mining ..............................................................203

Table 4-9 Emission considered for GLC.......................................................................................203

Table 4-10 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations TSPM ...................................................205

Table 4-11Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter PM10 ......................206

Table 4-12Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter PM2.5......................207

Table 4-13 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide..............................209

Table 4-14 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Nitrogen Oxide....................................210

Table 4-15Total maximum GLCs from emissions .......................................................................211

Table 4-16 Existing & proposed vehicular movement per Hour (Peak Hour)-SH-6 ..............211

Table 4-17Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project..................................................212

Table 4-18Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise (OSHA, Govt. of India) ....215

Table 4-19 - Source of Noise Modelling – Excavation Activity (Case-1)..........................216

Table 4-20- Source of Noise Modelling – Drilling Activity (Case-2) ..................................216

Table 4-21- Source of Noise Modelling – Blasting Activity (Case-3) ................................216

Table 4-22 - Summary ...................................................................................................................218



Table 4-23 Impacts on Biodiversity ...............................................................................................220

Table 4-24Mitigation for occupational health and safety............................................................223

Table 4-25 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Plan ..................................................225

Table 6-1 Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 .........................................................................228

Table 6-2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program ...............................................229

Table 6-3 Environmental Management Plan................................................................................231

Table 10-1 Environmental Management Plan Cost ....................................................................248

Table 11-1 Fugitive dust control in mine ................................................................................255

Table 11-2 Land Use Pattern of the lease area......................................................................255

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1Project Location map.......................................................................................................60

Figure 2-20.3km & 0.5km radius Google image of the lease area .............................................61

Figure 2-31km radius Google imagery of the lease area.......................................................62

Figure 2-4 Google Imagery of1, 5 & 10km radius of the lease area ....................................63

Figure 2-5 Environmental Sensitive areas within 15km radius of the lease area

demarcated on Google image.......................................................................................................64

Figure 2-6 Topo map of the study area ....................................................................................65

Figure 2-7Surface & Geological Plan of the Quarry................................................................72

Figure 2-8Conceptual Plan and Section of the Quarry ..........................................................73

Figure 2-9Year wise Production Plan& Section of the Quarry .............................................74

Figure 2-10 Schematic Diagram of Mining Process................................................................76

Figure 2-11 Site Photographs .......................................................................................................83

Figure 2-12 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process...........................................84

Figure 2-13 Waste Management Concepts ...................................................................................91

Figure 3-1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area of Project .................................95

Figure 3-2Topo Map of Study area..................................................................................................96

Figure 3-3Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary......108

Figure 3-4 Mineral Map of Tamilnadu ...........................................................................................112

Figure 3-5 Land use pattern of the Viluppuram District..............................................................114

Figure 3-6Land use map of the Viluppuram District ...................................................................115

Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area ..........................................................................117

Figure 3-8 Land Use Map of the Study Area ...............................................................................118

Figure 3-9 Physical Map of Tamil Nadu........................................................................................120

Figure 3-10 Contour Map of Study Area.......................................................................................121

Figure 3-11 Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area.............................................................123

Figure 3-12 Geomorphology Map of Viluppuram District...........................................................124

Figure 3-13 Geomorphology Map of the Study Area..................................................................125

Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of Viluppuram District ..............................................................127



Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area ...............................................................................129

Figure 3-16 Geology Map of Tamil Nadu..................................................................................131

Figure 3-17 Seismicity Map of India ..............................................................................................132

Figure 3-18 Soil map of India ......................................................................................................134

Figure 3-19 Wind hazard Map of India..........................................................................................136

Figure 3-20 Wind rose during study period (June 2021 to August 2021)................................139

Figure 3-21 Atmospheric inversion level at the project site...............................................140

Figure 3-22 Map showing the Air monitoring locations ..............................................................142

Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area .......................................147

Figure 3-24 Map showing the Noise Monitoring locations .................................................150

Figure 3-25: Map showing the surface water monitoring locations .................................153

Figure 3-26 Depth to water level of Viluppuram District......................................................157

Figure 3-27 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations..........................................................159

Figure 3-28 Map showing the soil monitoring locations........................................................................164

Figure 4-1Wind rose diagram considered for dispersion modeling (June to Aug 2021) .......199

Figure 4-2 Predicted 24 Hrs GLC�s of Particulate Matter TSPM within 10km radius of the

study area..........................................................................................................................................204

Figure 4-3Predicted 24 Hrs GLC�s of PM10 within 10km radius of the study area .................205

Figure 4-4Predicted 24-Hrs GLC of Particulate matter PM2.5 within 10 km radius of the study

area ....................................................................................................................................................207

Figure 4-5 Predicted 24-Hrs� GLC�s of SO2within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ..............208

Figure 4-6 Predicted 24-Hrs� GLC�s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ............210

Figure 4-7 Water balance Chart.....................................................................................................213

Figure 4-8- Excavation Activity (Case-1)..................................................................................217

Figure 4-9- Drilling Activity (Case-2) .........................................................................................217

Figure 4-10- Blasting Activity (Case-3).....................................................................................218



LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No Name of the Annexure Page No.

1 Terms of Reference 2

2 Mining Plan Approval Letter 16

3 Approved Mining Plan along with Land documents 18

4 Sectional Plates 44

5 Topo map of the study area 52

6 Cluster Certificate 500m radius AD letter 53

7 Revised Yearwise Production 55



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AGL Above Ground Level

AMSL Above Mean Sea Level

BGL Below Ground Level

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility

DMP Disaster Management Plan

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan

GLC Ground Level Concentration

GO Government Order

HECS Hubert Enviro Care Systems

ISO International Organization for Standardization

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

O. B Over Burden

S. B Side Burden

kWh Kilowatt Hour

MMR Metalliferous Mines Regulations

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality

NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

QCI Quality Council of India

R & D Research & Development

SOM Scheme of Mining

SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee

TWAD TamilNadu Water Supply and Drainage Board

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TNPCB Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board

TNSEAC Tamil Nadu State Expert Appsaisal Committee

TOR Terms of Reference

TANGEDCO Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution Corporation

kVA kilovolt-ampere



1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project back ground

The applicant Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals, represented by its partner

Thiru.S.V.Venkateshintends to quarry Thollamurrough stone quarry, over an extent of

2.06.0Ha, with Production Capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of rough stone for five years (Restricted

as per ToR Issued), at survey number8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, VanurTaluk, Villupuram

District, TamilNadu State.

It is a Patta Land registered in the name of Thiru.Sundramoorthy vide patta No.413,

Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals has obtained consent from the pattadhars.Theapplicant has

been granted quarry lease for fiveyears.Thollamurrough stone, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha,

with production capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of rough stone and 30,740m3 ofearth for five years

(Restricted as per ToR Issued), at survey number 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur

Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu Statefor ensuring mining plan period five years.

Accordingly, the District Collector of Villupuram had issued the precise area

communication letter to produce the approved Mining Plan within a period of 90 days as per

Rule 8-C (3b) of Tamil Nadu Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1959 vide RC No.

A/G&M/357/2018, dated 04.01.2019.

Subsequently, submitted the Mining Plan for the subject area and the same was

approved by directorate of Geology and mining, Villupuramvide RC No.A/G&M/357/2018,

dated 04.02.2019. Mining plan approval letter is enclosed as Annexure-3.Mining plan is

enclosed as Annexure-4.

The production capacity of the quarry proposed during the mining plan period is

2,98,440 m3of Rough Stone& 30,740 m3 of Earth.The restricted quantity as per ToR issued

is2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone & 30,740 m3 of Earth. Open cast semi mechanized mining

method will be used for mining.

The quarry lease area is plain topographywith elevation about 2 metres and altitude

of 94m maximum from MSL. The lease falls in the survey of India topo sheet 57 P/12and lies

between the GPS coordinates of 12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E.

1.2 Purpose and Status of the Report

The Thollamur Rough stone Quarry is over extent of 2.06.0Ha. The project falls under

Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B2� category as per EIA Notification 2006 and its



Amendments thereafter and as per the O.M issued vide F.No. L-11011/175/2018-IA-II (M),

dated: 12.12.2018 considering the cluster the project is termed under schedule 1(a) Mining

of Minor Minerals �B1� category.

The ToR application was submitted to TN SEIAA vide File No.6829/2021

dated:14.05.2019. The proposal was appraised during 213th SEAC meeting held on

11.06.2021 and 447th SEIAA meeting held on 05.07.2021 and ToR was issued vide Letter

No. SEIAA-TN/F.No.6829/SEAC/ToR-968/2021, dated: 05.07.2021 for the preparation of

Draft EIA/EMP report.

The Draft EIA/EMP report will be submitted for Public Hearing (PH). After completion

of Public Hearing, the minutes raised will be incorporated in the EIA report along with

proponent action plan. Final EIA report will be submitted to TNSEAC for further appraisal of

the project and obtaining Environmental Clearance.

1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent

1.3.1 Project

The proposed Thollamur Rough stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha,located at survey

number 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State,

lies in the 12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E. The area is marked in

the survey of India topo sheet No. 57 P/12. The rough stone quarrying operation is proposed

to carry out by opencast semi mechanized method by formation of benches. Benches height

and width will be 5m x 5m with vertical slope will be followed. The area applied for quarry

lease is exhibits plain topography; the altitude of the area is about ~94m maximum from

theMSL.

1.3.1 Project Proponent

Name of the applicant : Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals

Address : Represented by its Partner

Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh,

No.173/1, Sarkkar Thoppu,

Tindivanam Taluk,

Villupuram District

Pincode- 604 001

Phone Number : +91 9786044993

Email ID :[email protected]



1.4 Letter of Intent (LoI)& Mining Plan approval details.

i. Thedistrict collector of Villupuramhad issued the precise area communication letter to

produce the approved mining plan within a period of 90 days as per Rule 8-C (3b) of

Tamil Nadu Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1959 vide Rc.No. A/G&M/357/2018,

dated 04.01.2019.

ii. Subsequently, mining plan was submitted and approved by Assitant Director

ofGeology and mining, Villupuram vide Rc.No. A/G&M/357/2018, dated 04.02.2019.

1.5 Land Acquisition Status

The entire mine lease area of 2.06.0 Ha is a Patta land which is in the name of

Thiru. Sundaramoorthy vide patta No.413. Theapplicant has obtained consent from

pattadharsisenclosedasAnnexure–4.

Table 1-1LandUseDescription

District andState

Taluk Village S.F. No Area in (Ha)Land

Classification

Villupuram,TamilNadu

Vanur Thollamur 8/1B and 8/2 2.06.0Ha Patta land

1.6 Brief Description of the Project

1.6.1 Nature of the Project

i. The applicant Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals, represented by its partner Thiru.S.V.

Venkatesh intends to quarry Thollamurrough stone quarry. It is a pattaland registered

in the name of Thiru.Sundramoorthy vide patta No.413, Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals

has obtained consent from the pattadhars.The applicant has been granted quarry

lease for five years.Themining lease has been granted for five yearsexecution for

quarrying ThollamurRough stone, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, with Production

Capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone and 30,740 m3 of earth for five years,

(Restricted as per ToR Issued)at survey number 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur

Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State for the ensuring mining plan period five

years. Accordingly, the District Collector of Villupuramhad issued the precise area

communication letter to produce the approved Mining Plan within a period of 90 dyas

as per Rule 8-C (3b) of Tamil Nadu Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1959 vide

Rc.No. A/G&M/357/2018, dated 04.01.2019.Patta documents are enclosed as

Annexure-4.



ii. The project falls under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B2� category as per

EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments thereafter and as per the O.M issued vide

F.No. L-11011/175/2018-IA-II (M), dated: 12.12.2018 considering the cluster the

project is termed under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B1� category.

Hence, the project will beappraisedfor Environmental Clearance from State Expert

Appraisal Committee, Tamil Nadu, and TheToR application was submitted to TN SEIAA vide

File No.6829/2021 dated: 14.05.2019.

The proposal was appraised during 213th SEAC meeting held on 11.06.2021 and

447th SEIAA meeting held on 05.07.2021 and ToR was issued vide Letter No. SEIAA-

TN/F.No.6829/SEAC/ToR-968/2021, dated: 05.07.2021 for the preparation of Draft EIA/EMP

report.

Thollamurrough stone quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Hais proposed with the

production capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone and 30,740 m3 of earth(Restricted as per

ToR Issued) for five years. The method of mining is Open cast semi mechanized.

1.6.2 Size of the Project

Thollamur Rough stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0 Ha. is located at 8/1B & 8/2,

Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State.

The proposed production capacity will be 2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone and 30,740

m3 of earth(Restricted as per ToR Issued) for a period of 5 years.

Table 1-2 Rough stone Quarry Reserves

S. No Description Rough Stone (m3) Earth (m3)

1 Geological Resource 9,14,130 40,628

2 Mineable Reserves 2,98,440 30,740

3 Production capacity(Restricted as per ToR Issued)

2,89,870 30,740

1.6.3 Location of the project

Thollamur Rough stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha. is located at 8/1B & 8/2,

Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District,TamilNadu State. The boundary co-

ordinates of the mine lease area are tabulated in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3Boundary Coordinates of the project

Corners Co- ordinates



Latitude Longitude

1. 12° 03’ 33"N 79° 40’ 23"E

2. 12° 03’ 36"N 79° 40’ 24"E

3. 12° 03’ 36"N 79° 40’ 25"E

4. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 28"E

5. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 29"E

6. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 30"E

7. 12° 03’ 30"N 79° 40’ 29"E

8. 12° 03’ 31"N 79° 40’ 28"E

9. 12° 03’ 32"N 79° 40’ 29"E

10. 12° 03’ 32"N 79° 40’ 27"E

1.6.4 Connectivity of the Project

There is a Village road (Thollamur-Karasanur) which is near the quarry lease

area,and it connects SH 136(Mailam-Karasanur-Puducherry) road at distance of ~ 0.33

km (E).

The nearest national highway (NH-32)(Chennai-Tindivanam-Thoothukudi)is at

distance of ~ 7.66km (ENE), The nearest State highway (SH-136)(Mailam-Karasanur-

Puducherry) is at ~0.57 km (NNE).Mailamrailway station is located at ~ 13.45 km

(NW).The nearest Railway Junction is Villupuram located at ~ 22.71km (SW).

1.6.5 Need for the project and its importance to the country and or region

The Rough stone is important building material. It�s a vital material for construction

purpose. Rough stone is required for Granular Sub Base (GSB) also for the culverts and

bridges & domestic construction projects. There is a huge demand for Rough stone in Public

Sector Companies and Private Sector projects.

The earning source in the targeted area is limited, most of the people in and around

the area depend upon the seasonal agriculture and much of the people migrate to nearby

towns where good industries and factories are growing up. This project will give employment

opportunities to 19 employees.

Mineral Industries of the state of Tamil Nadu provides employment opportunities for

the people of the state as well as in the specific project area. Quarrying is one among the

major core sector, which plays a vital role in country�s economic development.

1.6.5.1 Demand –Supply Gap

There is a huge demand of Rough Stone in Villupuram District as many National

Road projects is under massive development for its widening and strengthening operation



apart from this many bridges and fly over�s are also under construction. There is a huge

demand of Rough Stone for infrastructure development of the state; hence the project is

significant to the state.

1.6.5.2 Imports Vs Indigenous

There isno import ofRough stone at present in India as we have huge resources

ofrough stone material in South India.

1.6.5.3 Export possibility

There are no possibilities for export of Rough stone.

1.6.5.4 Domestic/export markets

After obtaining the lease the applicant will fetch a domestic market. It is proposed to

excavate rough stone which will be directly loaded into tipper and transported to the needy

crushers/ other buyers for road projects and construction works.

1.7 EIA Study

As a part of compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e., to obtain Environmental

Clearance from SEIAA, TN, has appointed Environmental Consultants accredited by

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET)-Quality Council of India

(QCI), New Delhi.

The work of undertaking field studies and preparation of EIA/EMP report under B1

category as obtained Terms of Reference from SEIAA-TN, was assigned to M/s Hubert

Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. (HECS) Chennai by the project proponent. HECS is accredited

by NABET, vide possession of Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0172, valid up to

13.10.2022.

1.8 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs.2,00,000Lakhs.The base

line monitoring was done by M/s. HECS lab, Chennai, an NABL and MoEF& CC Accredited

Laboratory.

1.9 Scope of the Study

The scope of the work mentioned includes an assessment study of Rough Stone

quarryproject and their impact on the region. This study puts forward the most effective ways

to protect the environment from increasing pollution caused by the mining activities and

recommendations for environmental-friendly development initiatives in the region.



An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,

whether positive or negativethat, themining activities may have on the environment, together

consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable

Development” due to the project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and

evaluation of the environmental impacts that may arise during mining. This report also

highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the operation phase of the project

and the post mined management program. The generic structure of the EIA document will be

as per the EIA Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14thSeptember 2006 and subsequent

amendments. The basic structure of the report will be as under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter

provides background to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this

document. The purpose and organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter includes project description and infrastructure facilities delineating all

the quarry operations and environmental aspect of the quarry activities.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components

(Primary data) delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environment and social aspects

of the project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation

measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from

Environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program



This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of

mitigation measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location,

data analysis, reporting schedules etc,

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the public consultation sought regarding the project. It

will also identify the risks of the project in relation to the general public and the surrounding

environment during quarry operation phase and thereby presents Disaster Management

Plan, Social impact assessment and R&R action plans.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures,

employment potential and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit analysis

Not recommended during scoping

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the

institutional and monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures

and to assess their adequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report

and the conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation

measures and the environmental management plan.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant

Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with

their brief resume and nature of consultancy rendered are included in this chapter.

1.9.1 Objectives of the Study

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and

incorporated into the development& decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical,

social and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological

processes to maintain their respective functions.



To promote development that is sustainable and optimized resource use as well

as management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the

same.

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental Impact

Assessment study within the study area i.e 10 km radius from the project.

1.9.2 Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,

whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together

consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable

Development” due to the project activities.

1.9.3 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

1. Studyof project information.

2. Screening & Scoping.

3. Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of ToR.

4. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

5. Baseline data collection.

6. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

7. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.

8. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

9. Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the ToR requirements.

10. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as

well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

1.9.4 Legal Complicability

Theestablishmentand functioningofminingindustrywillbegovernedbythefollowing

environmental acts/regulationsbesidesthe local zoningandlanduse lawsoftheStates.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 as amended

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977, as amended

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended (AirAct).

The Noise Pollution and Regulation Act: 2000

The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA)

The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended

The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 as amended



The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

The Mines and Minerals (Regulation and Development) Act, 1957 as amended

Circulars issued by the Director-General Mines Safety (DGMS).

Contract Labor Regulation and Abolition Act 1970

The Motor Vehicles Act – 1989

PESO – Explosives and handling of Hazardous Material: 1934.

1.9.5 Terms of Refernce Compliance

The Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by SEIAA-Tamil Nadu compliance is given as

follows:

1.9.5.1 Specific conditions in addition to the normal conditions as part of ToR:

S. No ToR Point Compliance1. Restricting the maximum depth of

mining from 37m considering the

environmental impacts due to the

minng, safety of the working

personnel and following the principle

of the suitable mining and

consequently the maximum minable

quantities of 289870 cu.m of Rough

stone & 30740 cu.m of Earth are

permitted for mining over five years.

The mining will be restricted to a depth of 37m

considering the environmental impacts due to the

minng, safety of the working personnel and following

the principle of the suitable mining and consequently

the maximum minable quantities of 289870 cu.m of

Rough stone & 30740 cu.m of Earth are permitted for

mining over five years.

2. A bench height of 5m needs to bemaintained as per the approvedmining plan considering thehydrogeological regime of thesurrounding area as well as for safemining.

A bench height of 5m will be maintained as per theapproved mining plan considering the hydrogeologicalregime of the surrounding area as well as for safemining.

3.

There are many water bodiespresent within 500m and 1km andhence impact study shall beconducted considering those waterbodies.

As there are many water bodies present within 500mand 1km and the impact study will be conductedconsidering all the water bodies during Final EIASubmission.

4.

The cumulative impact analysis dueto emission from the source and thefugitive emission due to mining aswell as transport of minerals needsto be assessed and the report maybe submitted.

The cumulative impact analysis due to emission fromthe source and the fugitive emission due to mining aswell as transport of minerals will be assessed and thereport will be submitted during Final EIA.

5.

During EIA presentation themaximum depth in adjacent minesshould be given. Considering thedata on all cluster mines the impact

During EIA presentation the maximum depth inadjacent mines will be given. Considering the data onall cluster mines the impact study will be conducted.



S. No ToR Point Compliancestudy shall be conducted.

6.

The project proponent shall furnishthe contour map of the water tabledetailing the number of wells locatedaround the site ad its impacts on thewells due to mining activity.

The project proponent will furnish the contour map ofthe water table detailing the number of wells locatedaround the site and its impacts on the wells due tomining activity will be submitted during Final EIA.

7.

The project proponent shall conductthe hydrogeological study toevaluate the impact of proposedmining activity on the groundwatertable, agriculture activity and waterbodies such as rivers, tanks, canals,ponds, etc. located nearby by theproposed mining area.

The project proponent will conduct the hydrogeologicalstudy to evaluate the impact of proposed miningactivity on the groundwater table, agriculture activityand water bodies such as rivers, tanks, canals, ponds,etc. located nearby by the proposed mining area willbe submitted during Final EIA.

8. The Project Proponent shall furnishthe details on the number ofgroundwater pumping and openwells within 1 km (radius) along withthe water levels in both monsoonand non-monsoon seasons. Theproponent also shall collect the dataof water table level from thePWD/TWAD in this area in bothmonsoon and non-monsoonseasons.

The Project Proponent will furnish the details on thenumber of groundwater pumping and open wells within1 km (radius) along with the water levels in bothmonsoon and non-monsoon seasons. The proponentalso will collect the data of water table level from thePWD/TWAD in this area in both monsoon and non-monsoon seasons will be submitted during Final EIA.

9. The proponent shall carry out thecummulative impact study on theAgriculture area due to Mining,Crushers and other activities aroundthe site area.

The proponent will carry out the cummulative impactstudy on the Agriculture area due to Mining, Crushersand other activities around the site area will besubmitted during Final EIA.

10. The details of surrounding well andthe assessment of cumulativeimpact on the groundwater due tomining shall be the part of EIAStudy.

The details of surrounding well and the assessment ofcumulative impact on the groundwater due to miningwill be a part of EIA Study.

11.The socio-economic studies shouldbe carried out within a 10km bufferzone from the mines.

The socio-economic studies carried out within a 10kmbuffer zone from the mines are given in Chapter 3Section 3.12.

12. A tree survey study shall be carriedout (nos., name of the species, age,etc.,) in the mining lease appliedarea and its management duringmining activity.

A tree survey study will be carried out (nos., name ofthe species, age, etc.,) in the mining lease appliedarea and its management during mining activity.

13. CER activities should be carried outtaking into consideration therequirement of the local habitants

CER activities will be carried out taking intoconsideration the requirement of the local habitantsavailable within the buffer zone as per Office



S. No ToR Point Complianceavailable within the buffer zone asper Office Memorandum of MoEF&CC.

Memorandum of MoEF& CC and CER Affidavitattached as Annexure 8.

14. A detailed mining closure plan forthe proposed project shall besubmitted.

A detailed mine closure plan for the proposed projectis attached as Annexure 3.

15. A detailed report on the safety andhealth aspects of the workers andfor the surrounding habitationsduring operation of mining for drillingand blasting shall be submitted.

A detailed report on the safety and health aspects of

the workers and for the surrounding habitations during

operation of mining for drilling and blasting shall be

submitted.

16. The recommendation for the issueof Terms of Reference is subject tothe final outcome of the Hon’bleNGT, Principal Bench, New Delhi inO.A. No. 186 of 2016 (M.A.No.350/2016) and O.A.No.200/2016and O.A.No.580/2016(M.A.No.1182/2016) andO.A.No.102/2017 andO.A.No.404/2016(M.A.No.758/2016,M.A.No.920/2016,M.A.No.1122/2016, M.A.No.12/2017& M.A.No.843/2017) andO.A.No405/2016 and O.A.No.520 of2016 (M.A.No.981/2016,M.A.No.982/2016 &M.A.No.384/2017).

Noted.

17. A detailed study of the lithology ofthe mining lease area shall befurnished.

A detailed Study of the lithology of the mining lease

area shall be furnished during the Final EIA

submission.

18. The project proponent shall furnishthe details of the existing Greenbeltarea earmarked with GPScoordinates and list of trees plantedwith a copy of photos/documents,and be included in the EIA Report.

The project proponent will furnish the details of theexisting Greenbelt area earmarked with GPScoordinates and list of trees planted with a copy ofphotos/documents, in the final EIA Report.

1.9.5.2 Additional ToR as recommended by SEAC

S. No ToR Point Compliance1. As per the recommendation of SEAC, the

Permitted ultimate depth of mining is 37m andthe quantity that shall be mined as per the



approved mining plan, 289870 cu.m of Roughstone and 30740 cu.m of Earth are permittedfor a period of five years.

2. As per the MoEF& CC office memorandumF.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 30.09.2020 and20.10.2020 the proponent shall address theconcerns rasied during the public consultationand all the activities proposed shall be part ofthe Environemnt Management Plan.

1.9.5.3 Standard Terms of Reference

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

1

Year-wise productiondetails since 1994should be given,clearly stating thehighest productionachieved in any oneyear prior to 1994. Itmay also becategoricallyinformed whetherthere had been anyincrease inproduction after theEIA Notification 1994came into force, w.r.tthe highestproduction achievedprior to 1994.

YEARWISE PRODUCTION

Year Section Bench

Length

in (m)

Width

in (m)

Depth

in (m)

Volume

in m3

Earth

in m3

Minable

Reserve

of

Rough

stone

in m3

I

XY-AB

I 145 85 2 24650 24650

II 144 83 5 59760 59760

TOTAL 24650 59760

II

XY-CD

I 35 87 2 6090 6090

II 34 85 5 14450 14450

III 29 75 5 10875 10875

XY-AB III 94 73 5 34310 34310

TOTAL 6090 59635

III

XY-AB

III 45 73 5 16425 16425

IV 134 63 5 42210 42210

XY-CD IV 4 65 5 1300 1300

TOTAL 59935

IV

XY-CD

IV 20 65 5 6500 6500

V 19 55 5 5225 5225

XY-AB

V 129 53 5 34185 34185

VI 64 43 5 13760 13760

TOTAL 59670



V

XY-AB

VI 60 43 5 12900 12900

VII 119 33 5 19635 19635

VIII 114 23 5 13110 13110

XY-CD

VI 14 45 5 3150 3150

VII 9 35 5 1575 1575

VIII 4 25 5 500 500

TOTAL 50870

GRAND TOTAL 30740 289870

Production capacity of rough Stone are estimated about 2,89,870m3, earth is 30,740 m3uptodepth of 37 m from below the ground level (Restricted as per ToR Issued).

The yearwise production table as per the restricted quantity will be revised and submittedduring Final EIA.

2

A copy of thedocument in supportof the fact that theProponent is therightful lessee of themine should begiven.

It is a Patta Land registered in the name of Thiru.Sundramoorthy vide patta No.413, Tvl.SriSanthosh Blue Metals has obtained consent from the pattadhars.The applicant has beengranted quarry lease for five years. Refer Annexure III.

3

All documentsincluding approvedmine plan, EIA andPublic Hearingshould be compatiblewith one another interms of the minelease area,production levels,waste generationand its management,mining technologyetc. and should be inthe name of thelessee.

All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing are compatible with oneanother in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and itsmanagement, mining technologyetc, and are in the name of theTvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals.Mining plan prepared and approved. Mining plan enclosd as Annexure–3.

4

All corner co-ordinates of the minelease area,superimposed in aHigh ResolutionImagery/ topo sheet,topographic sheet,geomorphology andgeology of the areashould be provided.Such a Imagery ofthe proposed areashould clearly showthe land use and

Corners Co- ordinates

Latitude Longitude

1. 12° 03’ 33"N 79° 40’ 23"E

2. 12° 03’ 36"N 79° 40’ 24"E

3. 12° 03’ 36"N 79° 40’ 25"E

4. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 28"E

5. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 29"E

6. 12° 03’ 35"N 79° 40’ 30"E

7. 12° 03’ 30"N 79° 40’ 29"E

8. 12° 03’ 31"N 79° 40’ 28"E

9. 12° 03’ 32"N 79° 40’ 29"E



other ecologicalfeatures of the studyarea (core and bufferzone).

10. 12° 03’ 32"N 79° 40’ 27"E

All corners co-ordinates of the mine lease area are given in Chapter 1 and Section 1.6.3,

Table 1-3, Topo map inFigure 2-6& Geology and Geomorphology of the area is provided in

Chapter 3 Section 3.5.6Figure 3-11, Figure 3-12& Figure 3-13.

5

Information shouldbe provided inSurvey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000scale indicatinggeological map of thearea, geomorphologyof land forms of thearea, existingminerals and mininghistory of the area,important waterbodies, streams andrivers and soilcharacteristics.

All the informations are provided in Survey of India Topo sheet in 1:50,000 scale indicatinggeological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals andmining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.

Topo map prepared in 1:50,000 scale and given as Figure 3-2.Hydrogeology of district is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.7.

Geomorphology of the study area is given in Chapter 3, Figure 3-13.

6

Details about theland proposed formining activitiesshould be given withinformation as towhether miningconfirms to the landuse policy of theState; land diversionfor mining shouldhave approval fromState land use boardor the concernedauthority.

It is a fresh quarry.Land document is enclosed as Annexure-3.

Director of Geology and Mining was approved the Mining Plan to carryout the mining activities.Mining Plan is enclosed as Annexure-3.

The production details are provided in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.

7

It should be clearlystated whether theproponent Companyhas a well laid downEnvironment Policyapproved by itsBoard of Directors? Iso, it may be speltout in the EIA Reportwith description ofthe prescribedoperatingprocess/proceduresto bring into focusanyinfringement/deviation/vibration of theenvironmental orforestnorms/conditions?The hierarchicalsystems oradministrative order

Since, this quarry belongs to individual proponent, there is no Environmental Policy, butproponent will be followed all environmental legal compliance as recommended authorities.



of the Company todeal with theenvironmental issuesand for ensuringcompliances with theEC conditions mayalso be given. Thesystem of reportingof non-compliances/violations ofenvironmental normsto the Board ofDirectors of theCompany and /orstakeholders atlarge, may also bedetailed in the EIAReport.

8

Issues relating toMine safety,including subsidencestudy in case ofunderground miningand slope study incase of open castmining, blastingstudy etc. should bedetailed. Theproposed safeguardmeasures in eachcase should beprovided.

It is a Rough stone quarry an open cast Mining methodology will be followed.Workable depth of mining will be 37 m Below ground level (Restricted as per ToR Issued).Mining methodology is provided in Chapter 2 and Section 2.10 and Section 2.11.Safeguard measures are provided in Chapter-4, Section 4.7.1.2

9

The study area willcomprise of 10kmzone around themine lease fromlease periphery andthe data contained inthe EIA such aswaste generation etc.should be for the lifeof the mine/leaseperiod.

The study area of 10km zone around the mines lease from lease periphery is furnished inChapter 3.

The production and waste generation details are provided in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.

10

Land use of thestudy areadelineating forestarea, agriculturalland, grazing land,wildlife sanctuary,national park,migratory routes offauna, water bodies,human settlementsand other ecologicalfeatures should beindicated. Land useplan of the minelease area should be

The Land use Pattern of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land,

wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements

and other ecological features are given below.

S.No.

Division of Land Use/Land CoverArea inSq.Km.

Area inacres

Areain Ha

Area(%)

1 Builtup, Urban 44.12 10902.27 4412 0.608

2 Builtup, Mining 33.96 8391.69 3396 0.468

3 Agriculture, Plantation 252.31 62347.06 25231 3.478

4 Forest, Evergreen/Semi evergreen 56.79 14033.09 5679 0.783

5 Forest, Forest Plantation 132.83 32822.96 13283 1.831

6Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, SaltAffected land

32.95 8142.11 3295 0.454

7Barren/Uncultutable/Wastelands,Scrub land

83.27 20576.43 8327 1.148



prepared toencompasspreoperational,operational and postoperational phasesand submitted.Impact, if any, ofchange of land useshould be given.

8Barren/unculturable/Wastelands,Barren rocky

13.97 3452.06 1397 0.193

9Wetlands/Water Bodies,River/Stream/Canals

110.19 27228.50 11019 1.519

10 Builtup, Rural 246.08 60807.60 24608 3.392

11 Agriculture, Crop land 3609.55891937.8

5360955

49.756

12 Agriculture, Fallow 1435.24354654.9

8143524

19.784

13 Forest, Deciduous 561.07138643.2

056107 7.734

14 Grass/Grazing 3.81 941.47 381 0.053

15Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands,Gullied/Ravinous Land

5.54 1368.96 554 0.076

16Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands,Sandy area

9.59 2369.74 959 0.132

17Wetlands/water Bodies, coastalWetland

4.06 1003.25 406 0.056

18Wetlands/Water Bodies,Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds

619.17153000.0

061917 8.535

TOTAL 7254.50 1792623.2

725450 100.0

The impact on land pattern in the area has been and will be due to the following:

Land degradation due to disposal of large volume of waste materials.

Creation of infrastructural facilities like office, rest shelter, first-aid centre and otherservice facilities.

Exposure of topsoil to wind and water erosion.Land use & land cover is given in Chapter 3 and Section 3.5.4, Table 3-3, Table 3-4, Figure 3-5.

11

Details of the land forany Over Burdendumps outside themine lease, such asextent of land area,distance from minelease, its land use, R& R issues, if any,should be given.

There are no external dumps for over burden, side burdens. Over burden, Side burden will bedump within the lease area/boundary only.

The production details for 5 years of Rough stone is 2,89,870 m3, earth is 30,740 m3upto depthof 37 m from below the ground level (Restricted as per ToR Issued).

YEARWISE PRODUCTION

Year Section Bench

Length

in (m)

Width

in (m)

Depth

in (m)

Volume

in m3

Earth

in m3

Minable

Reserve

of Rough

stone in

m3

I

XY-AB

I 145 85 2 24650 24650

II 144 83 5 59760 59760

TOTAL 24650 59760

II XY-CD

I 35 87 2 6090 6090

II 34 85 5 14450 14450

III 29 75 5 10875 10875



XY-AB III 94 73 5 34310 34310

TOTAL 6090 59635

III

XY-AB

III 45 73 5 16425 16425

IV 134 63 5 42210 42210

XY-CD IV 4 65 5 1300 1300

TOTAL 59935

IV

XY-CD

IV 20 65 5 6500 6500

V 19 55 5 5225 5225

XY-AB

V 129 53 5 34185 34185

VI 64 43 5 13760 13760

TOTAL 59670

V

XY-AB

VI 60 43 5 12900 12900

VII 119 33 5 19635 19635

VIII 114 23 5 13110 13110

XY-CD

VI 14 45 5 3150 3150

VII 9 35 5 1575 1575

VIII 4 25 5 500 500

TOTAL 50870


Waste Genration Details:

The overburden in the form of Earth is 30740 m3 shall be removed and shall be stacked for 2mheight in earth bund of safety area to prevent inherent entry of cattle’s and human. Theproduction and Waste generation details are provided in Chapter 2 Section 2.7.Land use &Land cover is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.5.4.

12

A Certificate from theCompetent Authorityin the State ForestDepartment shouldbe provided,confirming theinvolvement of forestland, if any, in theproject area. In theevent of any contraryclaim by the ProjectProponent regardingthe status of forests,the site may beinspected by theState Forest

Not applicable.

No Forest land involved in this project area.



Department alongwith the RegionalOffice of the Ministryto ascertain thestatus of forests,based on which, theCertificate in thisregard as mentionedabove be issued. Inall such cases, itwould be desirablefor representative ofthe State ForestDepartment to assistthe Expert AppraisalCommittees.

13

State of forestryclearance for thebroken up area andvirgin forestlandinvolved in theProject includingdeposition of netpresent value (NPV)and compensatoryafforestation (CA)should be indicated.A copy of the forestryclearance shouldalso be furnished.

No Forest Clearance is required. Since no forest land involved in project area.

14

Implementationstatus of recognitionof forest rights underthe Scheduled Tribesand other TraditionalForest Dwellers(Recognition ofForest Rights) Act,2006 should beindicated.

Not applicable.

No scheduled tribes and other traditional forest dwellers are observed.

15

The vegetation in theRF/ PF areas in thestudy area, withnecessary details,should be given

There is 1 Reserve Forest (Melkondai RF ~13.78km (W)) found within 15km radius of theproject study area.The floristic composition of the RFs is furnished through secondary datasource. Plant species were identified based on their specific diagnostics characters of family,genus and species using available floral, other related literature. Besides the identification ofplant species, information was collected on the vernacular names and uses of plants made bylocal inhabitants.

The details of RF/PF areas covering within 15km from project boundary are given in Chapter 3and section 3.13. The vegetation details within the RF are enclosed in Annexure9environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary are given inChapter 3 and Section 3.4.

16

A study shall be gotdone to ascertain theimpact of the MiningProject on wildlife ofthe study area anddetails furnished.Impact of the project

Melkondai RF ~13.78km (W) from the project site.Impacts due to mining:

Displacement of existing fauna.

Loss of vegetationImpact study was carried out as per ToR and detailed mitigate measures are furnished inChapter 4 Section 4.6.3.



on the wildlife in thesurrounding and anyother protected areaand accordingly,detailed mitigativemeasures required,should be worked outwith cost implicationsand submitted.

17

Locations of Nationalparks, Sanctuaries,Biosphere Reserves,Wildlife Corridors,Ramsar site Tiger/ElephantReserves/(existingas well proposed), ifany, within 10km ofthe mine leaseshould be clearlyindicated, supportedby a location mapduly authenticated byChief Wildlifewarden. Necessaryclearance, as may beapplicable to suchprojects due toproximity of theecologically sensitiveareas as mentionedabove, should beobtained from theStanding Committeeof National Board ofWildlife and copyfurnished.

There is Usudu/Usteri Tank/Ossudu Lake Bird Santuary Core ~ 11.83 km (SE). Ossudu LakeBirds Sancturay ESZ ~ 11.25 km (SSE). Apart from this there are no National parks, BiosphereReserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/ Elephant Reserves/(existing as well proposed)within the 10km radius.These is only Melkondai RF ~13.78km (W) within 15km of the project site:

The details of environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary aregiven in Chapter 3 and Section 3.4.

18

A detailed biologicalstudy of the studyarea [core zone andbuffer zone (10kmradius of theperiphery of the minelease)] shall becarried out. Details offlora and fauna,endangered,endemic and RETSpecies dulyauthenticated,separately for coreand buffer zoneshould be furnishedbased on suchprimary filed survey,clearly indicating theschedule of thefauna present. In

Detailed study on Biological Environment of the study area is given in Chapter 3 in Section3.11.



case of anySchedule-I faunafound in the studyarea, the necessaryplan along withbudgetary provisionsfor their conservationshould be preparedin consultation withState Forest andWildlife Departmentand details furnished.Necessary allocationof fundsimplementing thesame should bemade as part of theproject cost.

19

Proximity to Areasdeclared as“Critically Polluted” orthe Project areaslikely to come underthe ‘Aravali Range’,(attracting courtrestriction for miningoperations), shouldalso be indicated andwhere so required,clearancecertifications from theprescribedAuthorities, such asthe SPCB or StateMining Departmentshould be securedand furnished to theeffect that theproposed miningactivities could beconsidered.

There is no critical polluted area within 15km radius of the project site.

20

Similarly, for coastalProjects, A CRZ mapduly authenticated byone of the authorizedagenciesdemarcating LTL.HTL, CRZ area,location of the minelease w.r.t CRZ,coastal features suchas mangroves, if any,should be furnished.(Note: The MiningProjects falling underCRZ would alsoneed to obtainapproval of the

There is no Coastal Zone within 15km radius of the project site.



concerned CoastalZone ManagementAuthority)

21

R&RPlan/compensationdetails for the ProjectAffected People(PAP) should befurnished. Whilepreparing the R&RPlan, the relevantState/NationalRehabilitation &Resettlement Policyshould be kept inview. In respect ofSCs/Sts and otherweaker sections ofthe society in thestudy area, a needbased samplesurvey, family-wise,should beundertaken to accesstheir requirementsand actionprogrammesprepared submittedaccordingly,integrating thesectoral programmesof line departmentsof the StateGovernment. It maybe clearly broughtout whether thevillage(s) located inthe mine lease areawill be shifted or not.The issues relating toshifting of village(s)including their R & Rand socio-economicaspects should bediscussed in theReport.

There is no Rehabilitation and Resettlement is involved.

Mining lease documents are enclosed as Annexure-3.

22

One season (non-monsoon) [i.eMarch–May(Summer Season);October-December(Post MonsoonSeason); December-February (WinterSeasons)] primarybaseline data onambient air quality asper

The primary baseline data monitored covered three (3) months i.e., from June 2021 – August2021, and secondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Governmentorganizations.

The primary baseline data results and discussion furnished in Chapter 3. One Monitoringlocation was not considered within 500m radius from project boundary as there are nohabitations within 500m radius in the predominant downwind direction; hence the nearesthabitation Near Perumbakkam at 2.88 km (NW) is considered. The Sampling and Resultsdetails are provided inChapter 3, Section 3.7.1, Table 3-11, Table 3-13 and Figure 3-20.



CPCB Notification of2009, water quality,noise level, soil ndflora and fauna shallbe collected and theAAQ and other dataso compiledpresented data-wisein the EIA and EMPreport. Site-specificmeteorological datashould also becollected. Thelocation of themonitoring stationsshould be such as torepresent whole ofthe study area andjustified keeping inview the pre-dominant downwinddirection and locationof sensitivereceptors. Thereshould be at leastone monitoringstation within 500mof the mine lease inthe pre-dominantdownwind direction.The mineralogicalcomposition ofPM10, particularly forfree silica, should begiven.

23

Air quality modellingshould be carried outfor prediction ofimpact of the projecton the air quality ofthe area. It shouldalso take intoaccount the impact ofmovement ofVehicles fortransportation ofmineral. The detailsof the model usedand input parametersused for modellingshould be provided.The air qualitycontours may beshown on a locationmap clearlyindicating thelocation of the site,location of sensitive

Air quality modeling carried out for prediction of impacts of the project on the air quality of thearea. The details are given in Chapter 4 and Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3 & 4.2.4.

Predominent wind direction: West



receptors, if any, andthe habitation. Thewind roses showingpre-dominant winddirection may also beindicated on themap.

24

The waterrequirement for theProject, itsavailability andsource should befurnished. A detailedwater balance shouldalso be provided.Fresh waterrequirement for theProject should beindicated.

The water requirement for the project is 2.0 KLD and breakup is provided inChapter 2 andSection 2.12.2.

S. No Description Water Requirement (KLD)

1 Drinking & Domestic purpose 0.5

2 Dust suppression 1.0

3 Green Belt 0.5

Total 2.0

Source: Private Tankers

25

Necessary clearancefrom the CompetentAuthority for drawl ofrequisite quantity ofwater for the Projectshould be provided.

No ground water withdrawn to meet the water requirement.

The total water requirement is sourced from Private tank suppliers.

26

Description of waterconservationmeasures proposedto be adopted in theProject should begiven. Details ofrainwater harvestingproposed in theProject, if any,should be provided.

Surface Water Pollution Control Measures

Construction of garland drains of suitable size around mine area and dumps toprevent rain water descent into active mine areas.

During monsoon season, the rain water is being collected by natural slope of area towater fed tank of the mine and it will be utilized for dust suppression and greenbeltdevelopment.

Retaining walls of adequate dimensions will be provided at the top of dumps and theunstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding ofmaterial from benches. This will help in preventing silting of water drains/channels

The water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided withbaffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids, if any, present in this water

The worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass specieson the slopes.

The mine water will be regularly tested for presence of any undesirable elementsand appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding thelimits prescribed by CPCB.

Ground Water Pollution Control Measures

The domestic sewage from the toilets will be routed to septic tanks.

Regular monitoring of water levels and quality in the existing open wells and borewell in the vicinity will be carried out.

Rain Water Harvesting

The rainwater is being diverted towards the middle of the mine toprevent waterentering the mine working.

The rainwater flows will also contain fines both from surface and waste dumps duringseasonal flows. As such, it is being proposed to have structures in such a way to actas settling pond and also for rainwater harvesting.



Construct barriers at suitable intervals along the path of the drains.

Provide necessary overflow arrangement to maintain the natural drainage system.

Water conservation measures are proposed in Chapter 4 and Section 4.3.2

Rainwater harvesting detailed are provided inChapter 4 Section 4.3.3

27

Impact of the Projecton the water quality,both surface andgroundwater, shouldbe assessed andnecessary safeguardmeasures, if anyrequired, should beprovided.

The major sources of water pollution due to this quarry operation will be as below: Domestic sewage from the mine. Deterioration in surface/ground water quality of receiving body. Changes to hydraulic regime.

Surface Water Pollution Control Measures

Construction of garland drains of suitable size around mine area and dumps toprevent rain water descent into active mine areas.

During monsoon season, the rain water is being collected by natural slope of area towater fed tank of the mine and it will be utilized for dust suppression and greenbeltdevelopment.

Retaining walls of adequate dimensions will be provided at the top of dumps and theunstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding ofmaterial from benches. This will help in preventing silting of water drains/channels

The water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided withbaffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids, if any, present in this water

The worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass specieson the slopes.

The mine water will be regularly tested for presence of any undesirable elementsand appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding thelimits prescribed by CPCB.

Ground Water Pollution Control Measures


Regular monitoring of water levels and quality in the existing open wells and borewell in the vicinity will be carried out.

Impacts on water environment & water conservation measures are proposed in Chapter 4,Section 4.3.

28

Based on actualmonitored data, itmay clearly beshown whetherworking will intersectgroundwater.Necessary data anddocumentation in thisregard may beprovided. In case theworking will intersectgroundwater table, adetailed HydroGeological Studyshould beundertaken andReport furnished.The Report inter-aliashall include detailsof the aquiferspresent and impact

The mining activity proposed in depth of 37 m Belowground level as per mining Plan.

Ground water table is available at 52-55 m as per Mining plan.

Mining activities will not intersect with ground water table since; proposed depth of mining willbe above the ground water table. Workable depth is 37 m below Ground level.



of mining activitieson these aquifers.Necessarypermission fromCentral GroundWater Authority forworking belowground water and forpumping of groundwater should beobtained and copyfurnished.

29

Details of anystream, seasonal orotherwise, passingthrough the leasearea andmodification/diversion proposed, if any,and the impact of thesame on thehydrology should bebrought out.

Not ApplicableThere is no stream, or seasonal streams are passing through project area

30

Information on siteelevation, workingdepth, groundwatertable etc. Should beprovided both inASML and bgl. Aschematic diagrammay also be providedfor the same.

Site Elevation: ~94 m (Max)

Proposed Depth of Mining is 37m BGL given in the Mining Plan enclosed as Annexure-3.Ground water table is available at 52-55 m as per Mining plan.

Site Salient features are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3, and Table 2-2.

31

A time boundProgressiveGreenbeltDevelopment Planshall be prepared ina tabular form(indicating the linearand quantitativecoverage, plantspecies and timeframe) andsubmitted, keeping inmind, the same willhave to be executedup front oncommencement ofthe Project. Phase-wise plan ofplantation andcompensatoryafforestation shouldbe charted clearlyindicating the area tobe covered underplantation and thespecies to be

About 0.15.00Ha of area is proposed for Green Belt development. It is proposed to plant25No’s of trees per year. Detailed Green Belt Development plan is given in Chapter 2 Section2.17.8.

YearNo. of trees proposed to

be plantedName of the species

Survival rateexpected

First 25Neem, Pungam and

other regional tress80%

Second 25Neem, Pungam and

other regional tress

80%

Third 25Neem, Pungam and


80%

Fourth25

Neem, Pungam and


80%

Fifth25

Neem, Pungam and


80%



planted. The detailsof plantation alreadydone should begiven. The plantspecies selected forgreenbelt shouldhave greaterecological value andshould be of goodutility value to thelocal population withemphasis on localand native speciesand the specieswhich are tolerant topollution.

32

Impact on localtransportinfrastructure due tothe Project should beindicated. Projectedincrease in trucktraffic as a result ofthe Project in thepresent road network(including thoseoutside the Projectarea) should beworked out,indicating whether itis capable ofhandling theincremental load.Arrangement forimproving theinfrastructure, ifcontemplated(including action tobe taken by otheragencies such asState Government)should be covered.Project Proponentshall conduct Impactof Transportationstudy as per IndianRoad CongressGuidelines.

The Traffic study due to proposed project site is conducted and impacts are given below.

Due to proposed project, there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level ofservice (LOS) anticipated will be Free Flow.

Impacts and mitigation measures on transportation is given in Chapter 4. Section 4.2.7.

For the RoadVolume

ofTraffic

Volume(V)

RoadCapacity

(C)

V/CRatio

LOSCategory*

TrafficClassification

Existing 217269.100

3000 0.090 ‘A’ Free Flow Traffic

Afterimplementation

228 303.7 3000 0.097 ‘A’ Free Flow Traffic

33

Details of the onsiteshelter and facilitiesto be provided to themine workers shouldbe included in theEIA Report.

Sanitation facilities are provided to mines workers. The details are provided in Mining plan isenclosed as Annexure-3.An area of 0.01.0 Ha, of land is allocated for future infrastructure within the lease area.

The area breakup details are given in Chapter-2, Section 2.6 Table 2-5.

34

Conceptual postmining land use andReclamation andRestoration of mined

Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and restoration sectional plates areenclosed as Annexure-4.



out areas (with plansand with adequatenumber of sections)should be given inthe EIA report.

35

Occupational Healthimpacts of theProject should beanticipated and theproposed preventivemeasures spelt out indetail. Details of pre-placement medicalexamination andperiodical medicalexaminationschedules should beincorporated in theEMP. The projectspecific occupationalhealth mitigationmeasures withrequired facilitiesproposed in themining area may bedetailed.

Impacts on Occupational Health due to project operations

Anticipated occupational illness sequel to mining activities involved in the project.

Occupational health problems due to dust&noise and Occupational illness by quarry

activities as follows;

Dust related pneumonia

Tuberculosis

Rheumatic arthritis

Segmental vibration

Mitigate Measures for Occupational Health

Adoption of dust suppression measures like spraying water, use of drill

with dust collection system or wet drills etc.

Plantation.

Avoid blasting during unfavorable wind & atmospheric conditions.

Use of personal protective equipment. Compliance with DGMS circulars.

Emergency response plan that includes installation of emergencyresponse

equipment to combat events such as fire.

All personnel required to handle hazardous materials will be provided with

personal protective equipment suitable for the hazardous material being

handled.

On-site first aid facilities will be provided and employees will be extended

to the local community in emergencies.

Occupational Health impacts & preventive measures detail givenin Chapter 4 andSection 4.8.1.

The EMP details are given as a separately as Chapter 10 along with EMP Cost detailsare provide inChapter 10 Section 10.11.

36

Public healthimplications of theProject and relatedactivities for thepopulation in theimpact zone shouldbe systematicallyevaluated and theproposed remedialmeasures should bedetailed along withbudgetary

Occupational Health impacts & preventive measures detail given in Chapter 4 and Section4.7.1.

The EMP details are given as a separately as Chapter 10 along with EMP Cost details areprovide in Section 10.11.



allocations.

37

Measures of socio-economicsignificance andinfluence to the localcommunity proposedto be provided by theProject Proponentshould be indicated.As far as possible,quantitativedimensions may begiven with timeframes forimplementation.

Impacts and measures are addressed in Chapter 4 and Section 4.8

38

DetailedEnvironmentalManagement Plan(EMP) to mitigate theenvironmentalimpacts which,should inter-aliainclude the impactsof change of landuse, loss ofagricultural andgrazing land, if any,occupational healthimpacts besidesother impactsspecific to theproposed Project.

The EMP details are given as a separately as Chapter 10 along with EMP Cost details areprovide in Section 10.13.

A. EMP Cost (Minimum 2 station * 2 season)

1. Air Qulaity Sampling 40,000/-

2. Water quality sampling 40,000/-

3. Noise Monitoring 20,000/-

4 Soil vibration test 20,000/-

Total cost ( per year) 1,20,000/-

39

Public Hearing pointsraised andcommitment of theProject Proponent onthe same along withtime bound actionPlan with budgetaryprovisions toimplement the sameshould be providedand alsoincorporated in thefinal EIA/EMP Reportof the Project.

The Draft EIA report will be submitted for Public hearing. Minutes andits point wise complianceby proponent will be enclosed in Chapter 7 section 7.1.1. after the Public hearing.

40

Details of litigationpending against theproject, if any, withdirection/orderpassed by any Courtof Law against theProject should begiven.

There is no litigation pending against the proposed project.

41

The cost of theProject (capital costand recurring cost)as well as the cost

The project Cost is addressed in Chapter 2 and Section 2.8 Table 2-10.

S. No Description of the CostAmount in

Rs.



towardsimplementation ofEMP should beclearly spelt out.

A. Fixed Cost1 Land Cost 8,24,000/-

2 Labour shed 1,00,000/-

3 Sanitary facilities 1,00,000/-

4 First Aid room and accessories 1,00,000/-

Total 11,24,000/-B. Operational Cost1 Machinery Cost 50,00,000/-

2 Fencing Cost 1,00,000/-

Total 51,00,000/-C. EMP Cost Budget Provision for the entirequarrying period




4 Ground vibration test 20,000/-

D. Total Expenditure Cost (for 5 years)1 Drinking water facility 1,00,000/-

2 Sanitary maintenance 25,000/-

3 Safety Kits 50,000/-

4 Water Sprinkling 1,00,000/-

5 Afforestation, etc., 30,000/-

6 Cost towards charity 25,000/-

Total 4,50,000/-Total Cost of the Project (A+B+C+D) 66,74,000/-

42

A DisasterManagement Planshall be preparedand include in theEIA/EMP Report.

Open cast mining is adopted and if benches are made with proposed height there will be norisk. In case of minor accidents First aid facilities at site and immediate arrangement to nearbyhospitals will be ready at any time.

Detailed Disaster Management Plan is given in Chapter 7 and Section 7.1.3

43

Benefits of theProject if the Projectis implementedshould be spelt out.The benefits of theproject shall clearlyindicateenvironmental,social, economic,employmentpotential, etc.

The nearest village will get employment benefits. General financial status and socio economicconditions of approx. 19 labors will be improved.Project Benefits:

The quarrying activities in this belt will benefit to the local people 19 Nos. The direct beneficiaries will be those who get employed in the mines as skilled and

unskilled workers. Improvement in Per Capita Income. The socio - Economic conditions of the village and distance will enhance due to the

project, hence the project should be allowed after considering all the parameters. It can thus be concluded that the project is environmentally compatible, financially

viable and would be in the interest of construction industry thereby indirectlybenefiting the masses.

Project benefits are given in Chapter 8.

44

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:

ExecutiveSummary ofthe EIA/EMPreport.

Executive Summary of EIA Report enclosed separately

All documentsto be properly

All documents addressed are properly referenced with index and continuous page numbers.



referenced withindex andcontinuouspagenumbering.

Where dataare presentedin the reportespecially inTables, theperiod in whichthe data werecollected andthe sourcesshould beindicated.

Yes sources for all tables are addressed.

ProjectProponentshall encloseall theanalysis/testingreports ofWater, Soil,Air, Noise etc.using theMoEF&CC/NABL accreditedlaboratories.All the originalanalysis/testingreports shouldbe availableduringappraisal of theProject.

All the analysis/testing reports of Water, Soil, Air, Noise etc. are conducted by MoEF&CC& NABLaccredited laboratories.The disclosure of Consultant is given in Chapter 12.

Where thedocumentsprovided are ina languageother thanEnglish, anEnglishtranslationshould beprovided.

The entire document is prepared in English only.

TheQuestionnaireforenvironmentalappraisal ofmining projectsas devisedearlier by theministry shallalso be filledand submitted.

Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects is prepared as per prescribed format.

Whilepreparing the

EIA is Prepared as per generic structure prescribed in Appendix–III of EIA Notification 2006 andcovered the all ToR Compliance.



EIA report, theinstructions forthe Proponentsandinstructions forthe consultantsissued byMoEF&CCvide O.M No.J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated4th August,2009, whichare availableon the websiteof this Ministry,should befollowed.

Changes if anymade in thebasic scopeand projectparameters (assubmitted inForm-I and thePFR forsecuring theTOR) shouldbe brought tothe attention ofMoEF&CC withreasons forsuch changesand permissionshould besought, as theTOR may alsohave to bealtered. PostPublic Hearingchanges instructure andcontent of thedraft EIA/EMP(other thanmodificationsarising out ofthe P.Hprocess) willentailconducting thePH again withthe reviseddocumentation.

Noted.

As per thecircular no J-11011/618/201

Not Applicable



0-IA.II(I) dated30.5.2012,certified reportof the status ofcompliance ofthe conditionstipulated intheenvironmentclearance forthe existingoperations ofthe project,should beobtained fromthe Regionaloffice ofMinistry ofEnvironment,Forest andClimateChange, asmay beapplicable.

The EIA reportshould alsoinclude (i)surface plan ofthe areaindicatingcontours ofmaintopographicfeatures,drainage andmining area,(ii) geologicalmaps andsections and(iii) sections ofthe mine pitand externaldumps, if any,clearly showingthe landfeatures of theadjoin area.

All the Sectional Plates are enclosed as Annexure-4.

1.9.5.4 In addition to the above the following shall be furnished:

The executive summary of the EIA/EMP report in about 8-10 pages should be prepared

incorporating the information on the following point:

S. No ToR Point Compliance

1Project name and location (village, District,State, Industrial Estate (if applicable)

Noted and is followed

2 Process description in brief, specifically Noted and is followed



indicating the gaseous emission, liquid effluentand solid and hazardous wastes.

3Measures for mitigation the impacts on theenvironment and mode of discharge ordisposal


4Capital cost of the project, estimated time ofcompletion


5

The proponent shall furnish the contour map ofthe water table detailing the number of wellslocated around the site and impacts on thewells due to mining activity.


6A detailed study of the lithology of the mininglease area shall be furnished.


7Details of village map, “A” Register and FMBsketch shall be furnished.


8

Detailed mining closure plan for the proposalproject approved by the Geology of Miningdepartment shall be suvmitted along with EIAReport.


9

Obtain a letter/certificate from the AssistantDirector of Geology and mining standing thatthere is no other Minerals/resources like sandin the quarrying area within the approved depthof mining and below depth of mining and thesame shall be furnished in the EIA report.


10

EIA report should strictly follow theEnvironmental Impact Assessment GuidanceManual for Mining of Minerals publishedFebruary 2010.


11Detail plan on rehabilitation and reclamationcarried out for the stabilization and restorationof the mined areas.


12The EIA study report shall include thesurrounding mining activity, if any.


13

Modeling study if Air, Water and noise shall becarried out in this field and incrementalincrease in the above study shall besubstantiated with mitigation measures.


14A study on the geological resources availableshall be carried out and reported.


15A specific study on agriculture & livelihoodshall be carried out and reported.


16Impact of soil erosion, soil physical chemicaland biological property changes may beassumed.


17Site selected for the project – Nature of land –Agricultural (single/double crop), barren,Govt./private land, status of acquisition nearby




(in 2-3 km.) water body, population, with in 10km other industries, forest, eco-sensitivezones, accessibility, (note-in case of industrialestate this information may not be necessary).

18

Baseline environmental data-air quality,surface and ground water quality and soilcharacteristic, flora and fauna, socio economicconditions of the nearby population.


19Identification of hazards in handling,processing and storage of hazardous materialand safety system provided to mitigate the risk.


20Likely impact of the project on Air, Water,Land, flora and fauna and nearby population.


21Emergency preparedness plan in case ofnatural or in case of plant emergencies.


22Issues raised during public hearing (ifapplicable) and response giving.


23 CER plan with proposed expenditure. Noted and is followed

24 Occupational Health Measures. Noted and is followed

25 Post project monitoring plan. Noted and is followed

26The project proponent shall carry out detailedhydro geological studythroughintuitions/NABET Accredictedagencies.


27

A detailed report on the green beltdevelopment already undertaken is to befurnished and also submit the proposal forgreen belt activities.


28The proponent shall propose the suitablecontrol measure to control the fugitiveemissions during the operations of the mines.


29A specific study should include impact on flora& fauna, disturbance to mitigratory pattern ofanimals.


30Reserve funds should be earmarked for properclosure plan.


31

A detailed plan on plastic waste managementshall be furnished. Further, the proponentshould strictly comply with, Tamil NaduGovernment Order (Ms) No. 84 Environmentand forests (EC.2) Department dated25.06.2018 regarding ban on one time use andthrow away plastics irrespective of thicknesswith effect from 01.01.2019 under Environment(Protection) Act, 1986. In this connection, theproject proponent has to furnish the actionplan.




1.9.5.5 Besides the above the below mentioned general points should also befollowed:

S. No ToR Point Compliancea. A note containing compliance of the ToR with

cross referencing of the relevantsections/pages of the EIA report should beprovided.


b. All documents mat be properly referenced withindex, page number and continuous pagenumbering.


c. Where data are presented in the reportespecially in tables, the period in which thedata where were collected and the sourcesshould be indicated.


d. While preparing the EIA report, the instructionsfor the proponents and instruction for theconsultant issued by the MoEF vide OM no. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August 2009which are available on the website of theministry should also be followed.


e. The consultants involved in the preparation ofEIA/EMP report after accreditation with qualitycouncil of India (QCI)/National Accreditationboard of Education and Training (NABET)would need to include a certificate in thisregard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared bythem and data provided by otherorganizations/laboratories including the statusof the approvals etc. in this regards circular no.F.No.J-11013/77/2004-IA-II(I) dated 2nd

December, 2009, 18th March 2010 , 28th may2010, 28th June 2010, 31st December 2010and 30th September 2011 posted on theMinistry’s website http://www/moef.nic.in/ maybe referred.

EIA Report is prepared by NABETaccredited Consultant, The ConsultancyLaboratory is being certified by MoEF&CC&NABL accredited. The disclosure ofConsultant is given in Chapter 12.



2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project including interlinked and interdependent projects

The Rough stone quarrying operation is proposed to carry out by opencast semi

mechanized method by formation of benches. Benches are proposed with a height of 5m

&5m width with vertical slop. The area applied for quarry lease is exhibits plain topography;

the altitude of the area is about ~94m maximum from the MSL. Total estimated Geological

reserves are 9,14,130 m3of Rough stone& 40,628 m3 of Earth. Total Mineable Reserves is

estimated as 2,98,440 m3of Rough Stone& 30,740 m3 of Earth. Maximum production for 5

years restricted by ToR is 2,89,870 m3of Rough Stone& 30,740 m3 of Earth. Summary of

quarry reserves are given inTable 2.1.

The extent of the quarry lease area is 2.06.0Ha. The Quarry is located at 8/1B & 8/2,

Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State, lies in the 12°03’30" N

to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E. The area is marked in the survey of India

Topo Sheet No. 57 P/12.

Table 2-1Summary of Project Reserves





2,89,870 30,740

2.2 Need of the Project

The Rough stone is important building material. It�s a vital material for construction

purpose. Rough stone is required for Granular Sub Base (GSB) also for the culverts and

bridges & domestic construction projects. There is a huge demand for Rough stone in Public

Sector Companies and Private Sector projects.

The earning source in the targeted area is limited, most of the people in and around

the area depend upon the seasonal agriculture and much of the people migrate to nearby

towns where good industries and factories are growing up. This project will give

employment opportunities to 19 employees.

Mineral Industries of the state of Tamil Nadu provides employment opportunities for

the people of the state as well as in the specific project area. Quarrying is one among the

major core sector, which plays a vital role in country�s economic development.



2.3 Location of the Quarry

The quarry is located at SF.No. 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk,

Villupuram District, Tamil Nadu State. Quarry lease area falls in the survey of India Topo

sheet 57 P/12and lies between the 12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30"

E.The topography of the lease area is plain topography the altitude of the area is about~94m

maximum from theMSL.

The boundary coordinates of the site are shown in Table 1-3. The project location map is

given in Figure 2-1, Google image of the lease area is shown in Figure 2-2. 500m radius

Google imagery of the lease area is shown in Figure 2-3. Google Imagery of 1, 5 & 10km

radius of the lease area is shown in Figure 2-4.Environmental Sensitive areas within 15km

radius of the lease area demarcated on Google image is shown in Figure 2-5.Topo map of

the study is shown in Figure 2-6. Salient Features within 15km radius of the project

boundary is given in Table 2-2. Project Summary is provided in Table 2.3.



Fi

)/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021

Figure 2-1Project Location map


Page 60 of 259



Figure 2-20.3km & 0.5km radius Google image of the lease area



Figure 2-31km radius Google imagery of the lease area



Figure 2-4 G


1

2-4 Google Imagery of1, 5 & 10km radius of the lease area

Page 63 of 259



Figure 2-5 Environmental Sensiti


1

ensitive areas within 15km radius of the lease area demarcated o

Page 64 of 259

ated on Google image




1

Figure 2-6 Topo map of the study area

Page 65 of 259



Table 2-2 Salient Features within 15km radius of the lease area

S. No Particulars Details

1. Latitude&Longitude12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E

2. Site Elevation above MSL (m) ~ 94

3. Topography Plain Topography

4. Lease area Topo Sheet details 57 P/12

5. Land classification Patta land

6. Nearest highway

SH-136 (Mailam-Karasanur-Puducherry) islocated ~0.58 km in (NNE).

NH-32(Chennai-Tindivanam-Thoothukudi) islocated~7.67km in (ENE).

7. Nearest Railway station Villupuram Railway Station~22.71 km (SW)

8. Nearest AirportPondicherry Airport ~ 17.33 km (SE)Chennai International Airport ~ 113.98 km (NNE)

9. Nearest Town / City Pondicherry~ 15.84 km (SE)

10.

Areas which are important orsensitive for ecological reasons –Wetlands, Watercourses or otherwater bodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains, forests

Waterbodies:

S.No

PlacesDistance

(~Km)Directi

on

1VarahaNadi/Sankaraparani R/Gingee R

4.68 SW

2 Vidur Dam 8.66 WNW

3 Vidur Branch canal 1.30 SSW

4 Kaliveli Tank 13.83 ENE

5 SuttukanniVaykkal 5.59 S

6 TondiAr 10.14 WNW

7 Kondamur/NallavurAr 8.63 NNE

8 PambaiAr 11.87 SReserve Forest:

S.No

Description Distance(~km)

Direction

1 Melkondai RF 13.78 W

Ossudu Lake Birds Sancturay ESZ~11.25 km (SSE)

Ossudu Lake Bird Sanctuary Core/Usudu/Usteri

Tank ~ 11.83 km (SE)

11.

Areas used by protected, importantor sensitive species of flora or faunafor breeding, nesting, foraging,resting, over wintering, migration

Ossudu Lake Birds Sancturay ESZ~11.25 km (SSE)Ossudu Lake Bird Sanctuary Core/Usudu/UsteriTank ~ 11.83 km (SE)

12.Environmental Sensitive areas:National parks / WildlifeSanctuaries/etc/ Areas protected

Ossudu Lake Birds Sancturay ESZ~11.25 km (SSE)Ossudu Lake Bird SanctuaryCore/Usudu/UsteriTank ~ 11.83 km (SE)



under international conventions,national or local legislation for theirecological, landscape, cultural orother related value

13. Seismic Zone Zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone)

14. Defense Installations Nil within 15 km radius

15. Interstate Boundary

TN-PY State Boundary is located~ 2.97 km in (SSE)(As per google)TN-PY State Boundary is located ~3.21 km in (SE)(As per SOI)

16. HACA Regions Nil within 15 km radius

Table 2-3Project summary

S. No Particulars Details

1. Project Location

SF.No. 8/1B & 8/2

Thollamur village,Vanur Taluk,Villupuram District

2. Land classification PattaLand

3. Extent of lease area (Ha.) 2.06.0Ha

4. Geological Reserves m3 Rough stone: 9,14,130 &Earth:40,628

5. Mineable Reserves m3 Rough stone: 2,98,440&Earth: 30,740

6. Proposed Production capacity m3Rough stone: 2,89,870 &Earth:30,740(Restricted as per ToR Issued)

7. Depth of Mining37 m Below Ground Level

(Restricted as per ToR Issued)

8. Method of Mining Open cast semi mechanized method

9. Water Requirement (KLD) 2.0

10. Source of Water Private tankers

11. Fuel requirements (litres of HSD for 5 years) 1,54,340

12. Manpower (Nos) 19

13. Municipal Solid Waste Generation (kg/day) 3.8

14. Waste Oil generation (Lts/Year) 3.0

15. Project Cost in Crore 0.6674

2.4 Nearest Human Settlement

The details of nearest human settlement from the project Site are provided below inTable

2-4.

Table 2-4 Nearest Human Settlement

S. No Places Distance (~Km) Direction Population as per Census 20111 Karasanur 0.75km N 2,862

2 Thollamur 0.94km S 1,419

3 Eriyur 1.56km W 3,257

4 Parankani 1.87km E 3,393



5 Ambuzhikkali 2.69km WSW 558

2.5 Details of alternate sites considered

There are no alternative sites examined.

2.6 Size or Magnitude of operation

The Rough stone quarrying operations is carried out by opencast semi mechanized method

by formation of benches.Benches are proposed with a height of 5m &5m.

Proposedproduction capacity of Rough stone: 2, 89,870 m3& Earth: 30,740 m3 (Restricted as

per ToR Issued)for five years.

Geological resource of rough stone is estimated as 9,14,130 m3 and earth is 40,628

m3. Minable reserves of rough Stone are estimated about 2,98,440 m3, earth is 30,740 m3upto

depth of 37 m from below the ground level (Restricted as per ToR Issued)after leaving

necessary safety distance from the lease boundary.The Land Use break up summarized

asTable 2-5.

Table 2-5Land use details of the quarry area

S. No DescriptionPresent Area (Ha.)

Area in use during thequarrying period (Ha.)

1 Under quarrying area Nil 1.57.00

2 Infrastructure Nil 0.01.00

3 Roads Nil 0.02.00

4 Unutilized 2.06.0 0.31.00

5 Green Belt Nil 0.15.00

Total 2.06.0 2.06.00

2.7 Estimation of Reserves

The Geological reserve of Rough stone on the Geological cross sections wasRough

stone 9,14,130 m3 and earth is 40,628 m3. The mineable reserves have been arrived as

Rough stone 2,98,440 m3, earth is 30,740 m3.Rough stone Quarry Reserves is given in Table

2-6. The reserves and the yearwise production details are given inTable 2.9 the Surface,

Geological plan and cross section of the quarry is given inFigure 2.7. Conceptual Plan and

Section of the quarry area is shown asFigure 2.8 Year wise production plan& Section is

shownFigure 2.9.

Table 2-6Rough stone Quarry Reserves





2,89,870 30,740



Table 2-7 Geological Resources

SectionLengthin (m)

Width in(m)

Depth in(m)

Volume inm3

Earth Formation inm3

Geological Resourcesof Rough stone in m3

XY-AB

153 102 2 31212 31212

153 102 45 702270 702270

Total 31212 702270

XY-CD44 107 2 9416 9416

44 107 45 211860 211860

Total 9416 211860Grand Total 40628 914130

Table 2-8Available Mineable Reserves

Section BenchLength

in (m)

Width

in (m)

Depth

in (m)

Volume in

m3

Earth Formation inm3

Minable Reserve ofRough stone in m3

XY-AB

I 145 85 2 24650 24650

II 144 83 5 59760 59760

III 139 73 5 50735 50735

IV 134 63 5 42210 42210

V 129 53 5 34185 34185

VI 124 43 5 26660 26660

VII 119 33 5 19635 19635

VIII 114 23 5 13110 13110

IX 109 13 5 7085 7085

X 99 3 5 1485 1485

Total 24650 254865

XY-CD

I 35 87 2 6090 6090

II 34 85 5 14450 14450

III 29 75 5 10875 10875

IV 24 65 5 7800 7800

V 19 55 5 5225 5225

VI 14 45 5 3150 3150

VII 9 35 5 1575 1575

VIII 4 25 5 500 500

Total 6090 43575Grand Total 30740 298440

Table 2-9 Year wise production and development details



YEARWISE PRODUCTION

Year Section BenchLength

in (m)

Width

in (m)

Depth

in (m)

Volume

in m3

Earth in

m3

Minable

Reserve of

Rough

stone in

m3

IXY-AB

I 145 85 2 24650 24650

II 144 83 5 59760 59760

TOTAL 24650 59760

II

XY-CD

I 35 87 2 6090 6090

II 34 85 5 14450 14450

III 29 75 5 10875 10875

XY-AB III 94 73 5 34310 34310

TOTAL 6090 59635

III

XY-ABIII 45 73 5 16425 16425

IV 134 63 5 42210 42210

XY-CD IV 4 65 5 1300 1300

TOTAL 59935

IV

XY-CDIV 20 65 5 6500 6500

V 19 55 5 5225 5225

XY-ABV 129 53 5 34185 34185

VI 64 43 5 13760 13760

TOTAL 59670

V XY-ABVI 60 43 5 12900 12900

VII 119 33 5 19635 19635



VIII 114 23 5 13110 13110

XY-CD

VI 14 45 5 3150 3150

VII 9 35 5 1575 1575

VIII 4 25 5 500 500

TOTAL 50870




Figure 2-7Surface & Geological Plan of the Quarry



Figure


1

Figure 2-8Conceptual Plan and Section of the Quarry

Page 73 of 259



Figure 2-9


1

re 2-9Year wise Production Plan& Section of the Quarry

Page 74 of 259



2.8 Project Cost

The project cost is summarized in Table 2-10.

Table 2-10Project cost

S. No Description of the Cost Amount in Rs.

D. Fixed Cost1 Land Cost 8,24,000/-

2 Labour shed 1,00,000/-

3 Sanitary facilities 1,00,000/-

4 First Aid room and accessories 1,00,000/-

Total 11,24,000/-E. Operational Cost1 Machinery Cost 50,00,000/-

2 Fencing Cost 1,00,000/-

Total 51,00,000/-F. EMP Cost Budget Provision for the entire quarrying period





D. Total Expenditure Cost (for 5 years)1 Drinking water facility 1,00,000/-

2 Sanitary maintenance 25,000/-

3 Safety Kits 50,000/-

4 Water Sprinkling 1,00,000/-

5 Afforestation, etc., 30,000/-

6 Cost towards charity 25,000/-

Total 4,50,000/-Total Cost of the Project (A+B+C+D) 66,74,000/-

2.9 Proposed Schedule for approval and implementation

The Proposed schedule for approval and Implemention of the project are given in Table2.11

Table 2-11Proposed schedule for approval and Implemention

S. No Details Date

1 Precise area communication letter byDistrict Collector, Villupuram videletter no Rc.No.A/G&M/357/2018.

04.01.2019

2 Mining Plan approval by Departmentof Geology and Mining, Villupuram,Tamil Nadu, vide letterRc.No.A/G&M/357/2018

04.02.2019

3 ToRApplication submission 17.02.2021



videsProposal No.SIA/TN/MIN/36187/2019

4 ToR Presentation 11.06.2021

5 ToR issued 05.07.2021

6 Baseline data period June –August 2021

2.10 Technology & Process Description

2.10.1 Technology

Primary step of mining of minerals is the removal of the deposits from the ground. Once

the minerals / ore are removed, additional preparation process is required to isolate the valuable

minerals from their waste gangue minerals. There are two basic method of mining of minerals

opencast and underground mining. The choice of method depends on the geologic, hydrological,

geo-technical, geographic, economic, technological, environmental, safety, Socio - political and

financial considerations. Schematic Diagram of Mining Process is given inFigure 2.10.

Figure 2-10 Schematic Diagram of Mining Process

2.10.2 Method of mining-Open Cast Working

Opencast method of semi mechanized mining with 5.0m vertical bench width of the bench is

not less than bench height. As far as quarrying of Rough stone is concerned, observance of the

provisions of Regulation 106(2) (b) as above is seldom (possible due to various inherent petro

genetic factors coupled with mining difficulties).Hence it is proposed to obtain relaxation to the

Blasting

Excavation

Loading into

Tippers

Transportation

to crushers

Drilling

Bench

formation



provisions of the above regulation from the Director of mines safety for which necessary provision is

available with the regulation 106 (2) (b) of MMR-1961, under Mine Act-1952.

2.11 Process Description

2.11.1 Mining

The production of Rough stone in this mine involves the following methods.

1. Splitting of rock mass of considerable volume from the parent sheet rock carefully

avoiding any kind of damage in the form of cracks in the deposit by adopting the following

methods.

2. The secondary splitting in to required size involves long hole drilling up to the bottom of

the separated block and mild blasting along the required plans. The blocks split as above

are separated and removed from the pit using hydraulic excavators.

3. The primary boulders thus spitted are removed from the pits by excavators and further made

to smaller sizes by rock breakers attached in excavators.

2.11.2 Blasting

The blasting design will be properly planned with ideal spacing and burden, ensuring

appropriate stemming column with optimized explosive charge, so that ground vibratory effect,

fly rocks, etc., are properly regulated and controlled. Necessary approvals for using of

explosives are already obtained from explosive department. Blasting will be carried out at

designed time with proper safety measures to prevent unauthorized entry and to avert mishaps.

The blasting is proposed by adopting all the safety measures as per "MMR 1961’ and with due

permission of DGMS.

The portion to be extricated from the parent rock body is free in all planes by adopting

different methods. Only mild explosives such as detonating cord, ordinary detonators etc will

be used for the production of Rough stone. The blast holes of 30mm-32mm diameter are

drilled up to the bottom of the horizontal plane all along the required planes without deviations.

Conventional 32 mm-36 mm dia blast holes are drilled perfectly parallel to each other

at 1.2m intervals without any hole deviations, all along the required plane of splitting. The

holes are drilled up to a depth of1 to 1.5m above the required horizontal plane. Sub grade



drilling is not necessary, since the splitting will be effected up to a further distance of few cms

from the drill hole on blasting.

Explosives such as gelatin, delay detonators etc. may also be used occasionally at

places further away from the Rough stone deposit for certain development works such as

forming approach roads to the working faces below ground level for forming flat surfaces to be

used as dumping yard etc. The explosives required for this mine is obtained from the

authorized, licensed dealer for which necessary permission will be obtained from the authority

concerned.Blasting is carried out at appointed hours only with prior precaution to the local

public.Drlling and Blasting parameters are given in Table 2.12

Table 2-12Drilling & Blasting parameters

S. No Parameters Operating conditions

1 Depth of Each hole 1- 1.5m

2 Diameter of hole 32 – 36 mm

3 Spacing between holes 60 cms

4 Burden for hole 0.6 m

5 Pattern of hole Zig-zag

6 Inclination of holes 70° from horizontal

2.11.3 Loading & Transportation

Rough stone will be loaded manually. If huge volume of the rough stone accumulates the

same will be loaded with the help of hired excavator of 0.90m3 bucket capacity. Material loaded in

to the tippers will be sent to needy crusher units located outside the lease area, 4 No�s of Tipper

with capacity of 5/10Ts are proposed for the project.

2.11.4 Explosives

Small dia. 25 mm slurry explosives are proposed to be used for shattering and heaving

effect for removal and winning of Rough stone. No deep hole drilling or primary blasting is

proposed.

Table 2-13Details of Explosives

S. No Description Details1 Number of holes 200

2 Powder factor 6Ts/Kg of explosives

3 Total explosive required 100 Kg slurry explosives

4 Charge / hole 0.5Kg

5 Blasting at day time only 12.00-2.00pm



2.11.5 Storage of Explosives

There is no explosive material storage within the project site.The proponent will engage

an authorized explosive agency to carry out the small amount of blasting and it will be

supervised by competent and statutory foreman/mines manager.

2.11.6 Mine Drainage

The lease applied area exhibits flat topography. Through the area receives scanty rainfall,

the ground water level is at 52m – 55m depth. The Production faces are operated at shallow

depths. During the rainy seasons the surface run of water and the gorund water are collected at

one point called as sump and dewatered nearby agricultural field with the help of 7.5HP water

pump.

2.11.7 Disposal of Waste

There is no waste rock will be proposed in this lease area. The earth 30740 m3 shall be

removed and stacked for earth bund of lease hold area and to prevent inherent entry of cattle�s

and human.

2.11.8 Stabilization of Dump

As the waste generation in the mine includes hard rock fragments of considerable size

and irregular shape with varying angularity, the waste dump will be stable on its own even at

higher slopes of the sides. However, suitable variety of soil will be identified and brought from

outside and used for increasing the stability of the sides of the waste dumps and also for

planting trees over the dumps in a phased manner.

2.12 Requirements

2.12.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning

Quarry Land details are shown inTable 2.14and Land use pattern is provided inTable 2.15

Table 2-14 Quarry Land details

District and State Taluk Village S.F. No Area in (Ha)Land

Classification

Villupuram,TamilNadu Vanur Thollamur 8/1B & 8/2 2.06.0Ha Pattaland



Table 2-15Land Use Pattern of the lease area





3 Roads Nil 0.02.00

4 Unutilized 2.06.0 0.31.00


Total 2.06.0 2.06.00

2.12.2 Water Requirement

The total water requirement is 2.0 KLD. The total water requirement will be met

throughPrivate tankers. The rough stone will not produce toxic effluent in the form of solid, liquid

or gas. No wastewater will be generated by quarry operation except domestic sewage. Domestic

sewage will be disposed to septic tank followed by soak pit. Septic tank will be cleaned

periodically. The water requirement details are given inTable 2.16.

Table 2-16Water requirement breakup

S. No Description Water Requirement (KLD)1 Drinking & Domestic purpose 0.5

2 Dust suppression 1.0

3 Green Belt 0.5

Total 2.0

2.12.3 Power & Fuel Requirement

No power is required during mining operations. Working is restricted on day time only

between 9AM to 5PM with 1PM to 2PM as lunch break. Lightings at night will be taken from

nearby electric poles after obtainng permission from concerned authoritie.Diesel (HSD) will be

used for quarrying machineries and it will be brought from nearby diesel pumps.Fuel requirement

details are given in Table 2.17.

Table 2-17Power Requirements

S. No Details Rough stone (Liters) Source



1Diesel Requirements

approx. (Litres of HSD for 5 years)1,54,340

HP/BPCL/IOCL/Reliance

2.12.4 List of Equipments

The list of machineriesare given inTable 2.18

Table 2-18 Lists of Machineries

S. No Machinery Capacity

1Excavator with Bucket & Rock Breakercapacity

0.90m3

2 Compressor 1

3 Jack Hammer 2

4 Tipper 4 (5/10 Ts capacity)

2.12.5 Man power Requirement

Manpower details are given in Table 2.19

Table 2-19Manpower Details

S. NoDescription

No ofPersons

1. Skilled

Operator 7

Mechanic 1

Mines manager/Mate 1

2. Semi – skilled

Driver 3

3. Unskilled

Musdoor / Labours 7

Total 19

2.12.6 Solid Waste Management

The municipal solid waste generation and management details are given in Table 2.20

Table 2-20 Municipal Solid Waste generation & Management

S. No Type Quantity Kg/day Disposal method1 Organic 2.28 Municipal bin including food waste

2 Inorganic 1.52 TNPCB authorized recyclers

Total 3.8As per CPHEEO guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.45



2.12.7 Hazardous waste Management

The type of hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed inTable 2.21

Table 2-21Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory No

DescriptionQuantity(L/Year)

Mode of Disposal

5.1 Waste Oil 3.0Will be Collected in leak proof containers and disposed toTNPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling

2.13 Infrastructure facilities

Sanitation facility, office room and rest room facilities will be provided.

2.14 Resource optimization/recycling and reuse envisaged in the project

No optimization/recycling and reuse envisaged in the rough stone quarry.

2.15 Availability of water its source, Energy/power requirement and source

This quarry project does not require huge water and No electricity requirement is

proposed for the project. The operations will be carried out in day time only.

2.16 Project description including drawings showing project layout, component

of project, Schematic Representations of the Feasibility drawing which Give

Information Important for EIA Purpose.

2.16.1 Project layout and component of project.

The proposed ThollamurRough stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, located in

S.F.No. 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, Tamil Nadu State, lies in

the latitude of 12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E. The area is marked in

the survey of India Topo Sheet No. 57 P/012.

The Total lease area is about 2.06.0 Ha. The land use pattern is given in Table 2.22.The

proposed project to develope 0.15.00 Ha as green belt area. The site photographs are shown in

Figure 2.11.

Table 2-22 Land use pattern of the project Area


Area in use during the quarrying period (Ha.)





3 Roads Nil 0.02.00

4 Unutilized 2.06.0 0.31.00


Total 2.06.0 2.06.00

Figure 2-11 Site Photographs

2.16.2 A schematic represeantation of the overall feasibility and

environmental assessment process

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment process is

shown inFigure 2.12. The EIA process is composed of the following stages:

Study of project information

Screening & Scoping

Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR

Collection of detailed project management plan/report

Baseline ata collection

Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation

Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP

Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan



Review & finalization

Submission of EIA re

necessary clearance

Figure 2-12 Fe

2.17 Description of Mitiga

Environmental Standards

From an environmental

potential to invoke long-term

operational phase of the pro

generation, Noise generation, S

2.17.1 Land Environme

The land use of the project

change in land use pattern.

i. Discharges on Land

Study of project Details

Screening and Reconnaissance

Feasibility study and application of Tor

Scoping and application of Tor

Collection of Detailed Porject Plan/Report

Identification of Monitoring Locations for Monitoring & sampling, Analysis ofsamples and Generation of primary data

/B1/EC /R0/07-09-2021

ization of EIA report based on the TOR requiremen

EIA report for implementation of mitigation measu

rances from relevant Authority.

12 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Pro

Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the P

rds

ental perspective, this phase is of paramount si

-term impacts. The adverse effects that are li

e project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissio

tion, Solid waste generation etc.

ronment

roject area is a fresh lease are and Virgin land. H

n.

on Land-Impact

Study of project Details

Screening and Reconnaissance

Feasibility study and application of Tor

Scoping and application of Tor

Collection of Detailed Porject Plan/Report Establishment of Baseline Environmental Status

Identification of Monitoring Locations for Monitoring & sampling, Analysis ofsamples and Generation of primary data

Compilation, Verification and Validation of data

Identification, Prediction & Evaluation of Impacts

Citation of Necessary mitigation measures, Delineation ofenvironment monitoring and management plan

Preparation of EIA/EMP report & review

Submission, Appraisal by Authorities for necessary clearance

Identification of Secondary data sources &collection of Data


Page 84 of 259

irements.

easures & EMP as well as

nt Process

o the Project to Meet the

ount significance due to its

are likely to occur during

missions), Effluent/Sewage

and. Hence there will be no

Identification of Secondary data sources &collection of Data



Domestic:

Domestic sewage will be disposed in to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Mitigation Measures

Theminewasteinthemineincludethetopsoil/rockfragmentsandrubblesgenerated

asmineralrejectsduringproductionworksandthecountryrockfragments generated

duringdevelopment worksasapproachroadformation, formationordumpingyardsites etc.

Thedumpsmayalsobesourceofairpollution duetowinderosionincasetheyarenot

properlyrehabilitated.

ii. Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-

hazardous wastes generated due to various operations in the project site like municipal waste

from domestic use and waste diesel oil from quarry machineries. Poor management of such

materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to

eliminate/minimize the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored in

temporary storage facility and transferred to nearby municipal disposal bins. Waste oil will be

generated from quarry machineries and the same is disposed through TNPCB Authorized

dealers.

2.17.2 AirEnvironment

Mining operations contribute towards air pollution in two ways: addition of gaseous

pollutants to the atmosphere and the dust particles. The gaseous pollutants include NOx, SOx and

Hydrocarbons. The sources of pollutants from the mining activity include:

Loading /unloading operations

Transportation of mineral/overburden in dumpers

Drilling and Blasting operations.



2.17.3 Sources of Air Pollution

2.17.3.1 Point Source/Single Source

These are stationary sources, which emit air pollutants into the atmosphere from a certain

fixed point. In this quarry, the following sources or activities from the point sources, which emit

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM).

2.17.3.2 Drilling

Drilling is an important activity of mining process. The secondary splitting into required

size involves drilling up to the bottom of the separated block. Air pollution in the form of SPM is

envisaged from this activity.

2.17.3.3 Loading

In the proposed project, the loading of side burden is proposed by Hydraulic excavators.

This activity is likely to contribute air pollution in the form of SPM (dust) during discharge of

material from bucket and gaseous pollutants like SO2, NOx and Hydrocarbons due to combustion

of fuel (diesel) in the loading machinery.

2.17.3.4 Unloading

During unloading operation of both the material, air pollution in the form of SPM (dust) is

envisaged due to discharge of material from the dumper and gaseous pollutants like SO2, NOx

and Hydrocarbons due to consumption of fuel (diesel) by dumper while unloading the material.

2.17.3.5 LineSources

These are normally mobile sources, which emit atmospheric pollutants in the area through

which they pass.

2.17.3.6 Transportation

The rough stone from site will be transported by haul road. Transportation also includes

movement of service vehicles also in the mine lease area. The traffic on the haul roads is likely to

contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the area. However,

this is more of a localized phenomenon within the mining areas that have limited human

exposure.

2.17.3.7 AreaSources/Multiple Sources

These constitute pollution from various sources and activities situated in the mine lease

area. The total mine area with all its mining activities constitutes the area source. These include

all the mining activities, operations of equipment/machinery, wind erosion from active mine pit,



and waste dump locations and haul road which contribute to the atmospheric pollution from the

various units/activities.

2.17.3.8 Instantaneous Sources

The instantaneous sources consist of air pollution due to sudden/instantaneous activities

like blasting in the mine area. Blasting process involves dislodgement of big blocks of hard

strata/mineral from the mines. This operation generates maximum dust, which results in the

increase of SPM concentration. It also contributes to emissions of certain gases (Oxides of

Nitrogen and Ammonia) due to the use of explosives.

The size of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere plays a major role in deciding

the distance to which they may be transported. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly and closer

to their source, because of gravitational settling. However, the aerosols because of their small

size may be held in suspension for years in the atmosphere and may be transported on a global

scale. Eventually, these smaller particles are collected in raindrops and fall on earth. The

composition of these particles largely depends on the composition of the mineral being

processed.

Mitigation Measures

The increment in the fugitive emissions will be mainly due to transportation activity.

Therefore, emissions due to mineral handling during mining operation are not much and

restricted to the lease area only.

Proper mitigation measures are practiced during mining activities to control air pollution

load below the prescribed limits are as follows:

• Watering of haul roads and other roads at regular intervals

• Spraying of water on permanent transport roads at required frequencies.

• Provision of dust filters / mask to workers working at highly dust prone and affected areas.

• Provision of green belt by vegetation for trapping dust.

• Greenbelt development along the haul roads, dumps and along the boundaries of the

lease area.

• Utmost care will be taken to prevent spillage of sand and stone from the trucks.

• Covered tarpaulin for transport of materials.

2.17.4 Noise & Vibration Environment

The sound pressure level generated by noise source decreases with increase in distance

from the source due to wave divergence. The main sources of noise in the mine are as follows:



Transportation vehicles

Loading & unloading of minerals.

Drilling and Blasting

2.17.4.1 Noise Levels

The noise levels of the major equipment are in the range of 88 to 90 dB (A). The noise

levels are localized within the mining areas and are within the human hearing threshold.

Occupational hazard is envisaged if proper personal protective equipment is not provided to

operator.

2.17.4.2 Vibration

The vibration due to blasting can cause damage to the nearby structures if appropriate

technology and control measures are not adopted in the blasting operation. Fly rock is another

possible damage causing outcome of blasting. There are many factors which influence fly rock

during blasting. Most important of these factors are long explosive column with little stemming

column, improper burden, loose material or pebbles near the holes and long water column in the

hole.

By adopting controlled blasting, the problems will be greatly minimized and the impacts

will also be minimized by choosing proper detonating system, optimizing total charge and

charge/delay.

Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of

blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave in the ground, which can

cause significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants. The impact will be

minimized by choosing proper detonating system and optimizing total charge and charge/delay

and by regular monitoring of magnitude of ground vibrations and air blast.

Impact

A noise generation source during operation phase is due to operation of heavy duty

machineries at the project site like Compressors, Quarry vehicles and drilling machineries etc.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipments like Compressors,Exacavator&Tippersetc, will

be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and

silencers to other equipment etc.



Drilling will be carried out with the help of sharp drill bits which will help in reducing

noise.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden, stemming and optimum charge/delay

will be maintained.

The blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric condition and less human

activity timings i.e., during lunch interval or during change of shifts.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to

reduce generation of noise.

Greenbelt and plantation will be developed around the mining activity area and long

haul roads. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise.

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly times

weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and

Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will be

strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to

minimize noise emissions.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international

standards and foundations will be so designed to minimize vibrations and secured

properly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly to

minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of materials

will be planned in line with the same.

2.17.5 Water Environment

Impact on Existing Water Resources



The total water requirement for quarry is 2.0 KLD. The total water requirement is met from

private tankers; Domestic sewage is being disposed into Septic tank & no toxic/other effluent

generation. Hence the impact due to the project is very minimal.

2.17.5.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the

area are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water

and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the

system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable

water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 10 km radius area.

Therefore, apparent tothatthere will is negligible impact of mining on the surface water regime.

2.17.5.2 Impact on Ground Water

There will not be any ground water withdrawal, as the total water requirement is being met

byPrivate tankers. As, the mine lease area is a plain terrain, elevated at 94mMSL height from the

ground level. Hence, there will not be any groundwater intersection as the planned depth of

mining is 37m BGL (Restricted as per ToR Issued).

Mitigation Measures

The following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground

water scenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated puriposed in project site

will be ahered. Monitoring of water quality and greound water level varitions in the project site is

proposed as apart to improve.

2.17.6 Biological Environment

Impact on migratory paths for wildlife and forest blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and

the study area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area

are local migrants only. Therefore, the proposed project operations are not likely to have any

adverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Discharge of wastes into the water bodies during the quarry operation phase would not

be allowed.



Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrial

ecology and biodiversity.

2.17.7 Solid Waste Management

2.17.7.1 Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During quarry operations, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which

can be broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, the

generated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds.

The details of solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2,

Section 2.9. If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized

manner, it will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

2.17.7.2 Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during

the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure

adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic and

inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in Figure 2.13.

Figure 2-13 Waste Management Concepts

2.17.8 Afforestation

The 7.5m safety distance along the lease boundary has been identified to be utilized for

afforestation. Native species will be planted in phased manner as given in table below.



Table 2-23Afforestation Plan details

Year

No. of tressproposed

to beplanted

Survival%

Area to becovered

Sq.m

Name ofthe

species

No. of treesexpected tobe grown

I 25 80% 300Neem/Pungan

20

II 25 80% 300Neem/Pungan

20

III 25 80% 300Neem/Pungan

20

IV 25 80% 300Neem/Pungan

20

V 25 80% 300Neem/Pungan

20

2.17.9 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technology

Failure

Semi mechanized opencast method will be used for this mining project. So, no New and

Untested technology has been adopted for this proposed project.



3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as

identified in and around the proposed ThollamurRough stone quarry leased over an extent of

2.06.0hecatres at S.F.Nos: 8/1 B & 8/2 in ThollamurVillage, Vannur Taluk, VillupuramDistrict,

Tamil Nadu State by M/s. Sri Santhosh Blue Metals. The primary baseline data monitoring

covered one season (three (3) months) i.e., from June 2021 to August 2021 and secondary

data was collected fromgovernment and semi-government organization�s published data. The

primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd,

Chennai, a MoEF&CC approved and National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration

Laboratories (NABL) accredited environmental testing laboratory for the following terrestrial

environmental components.

Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed & Direction- Refer

Section - 3.6.

Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10), Particulate matter <2.5

micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Carbon Monoxide

(CO), Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12), Arsenic (As),

Nickel (Ni) and Ammonia (NH3), Free silica - Refer Section - 3.7.

Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise levels -Refer

Section - 3.8.

Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality - Refer Section - 3.9

Soil Quality - Refer Section - 3.10.

Ecology - Refer Section - 3.11.

Social Economic Status - Refer Section - 3.12.

3.2 Study Area

A 10 Km radial distance from the proposed project site boundary has been identified as the

General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status. The core study area is the

project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the boundary.

Further the Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the project site

which covers parts of ViluppuramDistrict, Tamilnadu State.



3.3 Description of Study Area

As described in Chapter 1, M/s. Sri Santhosh Blue Metals proposes ThollamurRough stone

quarry lease over an extent of 2.06.0 Ha at S.F.Nos: 8/1 B & 8/2 in Thollamur Village,

VannurTaluk,Viluppuram District Tamil Nadu State. An overall idea of the study area with

reference to the physical conditions are presented for better understanding in the following

sections before proceeding into the section on the prevailing environmental conditions of the

study area. The map showing the satellite image of the study area is given in Figure 3-1 and

Topo Map of the study area is given in Figure 3-2.



Figure 3-1Map


1

1Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area of Project

Page 95 of 259

ect




1

Figure 3-2Topo Map of Study area

Page 96 of 259



3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

This section details with the environmentally sensitive areas present within the project site and

surrounding environs. It included national parks, state forest, essential habitats etc. The

environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15 km from the project boundary is

given in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary

S.

No.Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary

1 Areas protected

under international

conventions, national

or local legislation for

their ecological,

landscape, cultural or

other related value

S.

NoPlaces

Distance

(~Km)Direction

1 Urn burial site

Kadagambattu4.49km SSW

2 Megalithic cairns and

stone circles

Sengamedu

4.15km S

3 Megalithic stone circles

Tiruvakkarai3.48km SW

4 Todadrinatha Vishnu

Temple14.77Km SSW

2 Inland, coastal,

marine or

underground waters

S.

NoPlaces

Distance

(~Km)Direction

1VarahaNadi/Sankaraparani

R/Gingee R4.68km SW

2 Vidur Dam 8.66km WNW

3 Vidur Branch canal 1.30km SSW

4 Kaliveli Tank 13.83km ENE

5 SuttukanniVaykkal 5.59km S

6 TondiAr 10.14km WNW

7 Kondamur/NallavurAr 8.63km NNE



8 PambaiAr 11.87km S

3 State, National

boundaries

TN-PY State Boundary is located 2.97 km in South South East

direction.

TN-PY State Boundary is located 3.21 Km in South East direction.

4 Nearest Highway SH-136 (Mailam-Karasanur-Puducherry) is located 0.58 km in

North NorthEast direction.

NH-32(Chennai-Tindivanam-Thoothukudi) is located 7.67km in

East North East direction.

5 Defence installations Nil

6 Densely populated or

built-up area

(Nearest Town, City,

District)

S.

NoPlaces

Distance

(~Km)Direction

Population

as per

Census

2011

1 Karasanur 0.75km N 2,862

2 Thollamur 0.94km S 1,419

3 Eriyur 1.56km W 3,257

4 Parankani 1.87km E 3,393

5 Ambuzhikkali 2.69km WSW 558

7 Areas occupied by

sensitive man-made

land uses (hospitals,

schools, places of

worship, community

facilities)

S.

NoPlaces

Distance

(~Km)Direction

School

1Government Primary School

Kunnam 2.96km N

2Government Higher Secondary

School Karasanur 1.19km N

3 Adanappattu Government School 6.46km NNE

4 Government High School Kunnam 3.66km N


School Thazhuthali 5.38km NW



6 Eraiyur Government High School 1.71km W


Ranganathapuram 4.27km ESE


School Veedur 8.42km W


School Thiruvakkarai 4.22km SSW

10Kooteripattu Government High

School 13.66km NW


Velangampadi 12.16km NW


School vanur 6.53km SE

13 Government Primary School vanur 7.46km SE


School Pulichapallam 9.97km ESE

15Gandhi Higher Secondary School

Thiruchitrambalam 12.92km ESE


Sedarapet 10.75km SE

17Government School T.

Andipalayam 10.21km SSW


School Purana SingaPalayam 12.72km SSW


Purana SingaPalayam 12.85km SSW

20 Government High School Sorapet 11.40km S


Mungilpattu 11.54km SW

22Government High School

7.80km NNE



Thensiruvalur


School kodippakkam 10.43km NNE

24GovenmentHigherSecondary

School Kiliyanur 8.93km NE

College

25Paulsons Teacher Training

College 10.4km ESE

26 Sri Aravindar group of institution 10.41km ESE

27 Surya Group OfInstutions 13.15km W

28 Mailam Group of Instituion 8.80km NW

29 Marine Officers Training Academy 9.93km SSE

30SrimathSivagnanaBalayaSwamigal

College 9.49km NW

31 MASS Polytechnic College 1.23km ENE

32Sacred Heart Arts and Science

College 12.67km WNW

33 E.S College of Nursing 12.78km W

34 Pauls Group of institution 9.94km ESE

35 Nehru College of Education 11.61km SSE

36Shri Krishnaa College of

Engineering and Technology 9.80km SSW

Hospitals

37Kunnam Government Primary

Hospital 2.70km N

38 Vanur Government Hospital 6.97km SE

39Government Primary Hospital

Thirukkanur 8.36km SSW



40Government Hospital Purana

SingaPalayam 12.45km SSW

41Radhapuram Government primary

health center 10.58km SW

42 Pombur Govt Hospital 7.83km WSW

43 Chendur Government Hospital 11.83km NW

44Goverment Primary Health Centre

Mailam 9.60km NW

45Government Hospital Taluk

Hospital Vikravandi 13.51km W

46Government Health Sub Centre

Mailam 8.78km NW

47 Government Hospital Uppuvellore 14.68km ENE

48Mannadipet Community Health

Centre Hospital 10.14km SSW

49 Jipmer Rural Health Centre 12.46km SSE

50Government Sub Health Center

PeriyababuSamudram 12.88km S

51 Govt Hospital Sanniayasikuppam 13.28km S

52 Primary Health Centre Sorapet 11.49km S

53Government Primary Health

Centre Thoravi 13.78km WSW

54Primary Health Centre

Kattarikuppam 7.11km SSE

Common Places

55 Mailam Register Office 9.59km NW

56 Registration Office Vikravandi 14.17km W

57 Registration office Thirukkanur 8.36km SSW



58 Sub Registrar’s Office Vanur 7.65km SE

59 Taluk Office Vanur 7.53km SE

60 Taluk Office Vikravandi 14.14km W

61 Mailam VAO Office 9.55km NW

62 VAO Office Kunnam 3.07km N

63 VAO Office Konamangalam 5.23km WNW

64 VAO Office Kunichampet 7.53km SW

65 Panchayat Office Pudukuppam 8.40km SSW

66 Grama Panchayat Aluvulagam 9.01km SSW

67 VAO Madurapakkam 9.83km SW

68Village Panchayat Office

Pakkirripalayam 9.82km S

69 Post Office Thiruvakkarai 4.11km SSW

70 Post office Vikravandi 14.16km W

71 Mailam Post Office 9.44km NW

72 Mailam police station 9.52km NW

73 Post Office Sedarapet 11.11km SE

74 Post Office V.parangani 2.14km E

75 Post Office Kattrampakkam 8.29km E



78 Kiliyanur Post Office 9.52km ENE

79 Post office Thensiruvalur 7.67km NNE

80 EB Office Chendur 11.68km NW

Religious Places



81Panchamukha Sri Anjaneya

Temple 11.82km ESE

82 Sri Nidheeswarar Temple 12.24km N

83 Sri Sengazhuneer Amman Kovil 11.22km SE

84Irumbai Shri MahaKaleshwar Siva

Temple 13.41km ESE

85 Lord Shiva Temple 7.04km SE

86 Murugan Temple 0.97km S

87 Shri Draupadi Amman Koil 1.40km N

88 Sri PachaivazhiammanKoil 2.05km SW

89 7th Century EasvaranKoil 2.14km W

90 Shri Vinayagar Temple 3.07km N

91SreeVaranamuthuMariyamman

Temple 2.55km E

92Lakshmi Narayana Perumal

Temple 3.97km NE

93Shri Draupadi Amman Temple

Taludali 5.39km NW

94 Sivan Temple 5.67km SW

95 Chandramouleeswarar Temple 4.17km SSW

96 Villiamman Temple 5.68km SSE

97 Muthu Mari Amman Temple 6.13km NNW

98 Shri EaswaranKoil 7.17km ESE

99 Jamia Masjid Vanur 7.34km SE

100 Murugan Temple 8.18km WSW

101 Christian Church Veedur 8.38km W

102 Rahmath Masjid 8.42km W



103 Throvupathi Amman Temple 6.72km SSE

104 Jamia Masjid 8.51km SSW

105 Shri Adilingeshwarar Temple 8.61km SSE

106 Sri Chidambareswarer Temple 8.89km SSW

107 Sri DehaleesaPerumaalKovil 7.61km NNE

108 Sri Agatheeswarar Temple 9.73km ENE

109 Jamia Masjid Valudavur 9.02km SSE

110 Sri MailamMurugan Temple Mailam 9.93km

Industries

111 Ganges Internationale Pvt Ltd 9.55km SE

112 Mahabir packaging 9.60km SE

113 Sona Metachempvt ltd 9.76km SE

114Larsen & Toubro Limited

Formwork Factory 9.67km SE

115 L&T Formwork Factory 9.69km SE

116 United spirits limited 9.97km SE

117 Suolificio Linea Italia India Pvt Ltd 10.05km SE

118 Adithya Package Industry 10.33km SE

119 Vimal Paper Packing Unit 10.35km SE

120Fine Automotive & Industrial

Radiators Pvt. Ltd 10.32km SE

121Aparna Paper Processing Industry

P Ltd 10.31km SE

122 Metal Scope India pvt ltd 10.25km SE

123 Aromatics (India) Pvt. Ltd 10.46km SE

124 Tensonite PVT LTD 10.56km SE



125 Larsan Tin Printers 10.48km SE

126 ATC Chemicals India 10.12km SE

127 Sri Narayani Pack 10.60km SE

128 LD Packaging 10.63km SE

129Anbu Steel Traders-Old Pipe

Dealers 10.72km SE

130 Eaton Power Quality Pvt Ltd 10.72km SE

131 Emox Manufacturing PVT. LTD 10.83km SE

132Crimson Metal Engineering

Company Ltd 10.46km SE

133 Acer India Private Limited 11.04km SE

134 Chennai alum chemical pvt ltd 11.19km SE

135 Kaveri Alloy Castings Pvt. Ltd 11.01km SE

136 Pondy Die Castings (p) Ltd 10.99km SE

137 Mass Packagings Pvt Ltd 10.71km SE

138 RauschertIndiaPrivate LTD 10.79km SE

139

Puducherry Industries Promotion

Development and Investment

Corporation

10.80km SE

140Aditya Better Containers Private

Limited 10.53km SE

141 Siechem Technologies Pvt. Ltd 10.97km SE

142 Nanoceut Therapeutics Pvt. Ltd 11.21km SE

143 The Supreme Industries Limited 13.98km SSW

144 Teleflex Medical Private Limited 14.42km S

145 Whirlpool of India Ltd 13.85km S

146 Safetab Life Science 14.05km S



147 Marico Limited 14.27km S

148 Vell Biscuits Private Limited 14.34km SSW

149 Swashthik Preforms PVT LTD 13.96km S

150Vital Industries India Pvt Ltd

Plastic Division 0.57km SE

151 Helix Global Bio Avenir 1.99km SSE

152 Zion Poultry farm 3.91km E

8 Areas containing

important, high quality

or scarce resources,

(groundwater

resources, surface

resources, forestry,

agriculture, fisheries,

tourism, minerals)

S.

NoPlaces

Distance

(~Km)Direction

1Usudu/Usteri Tank/Ossudu

Lake Bird Santuray core11.83km SE

2 Melkondai RF 13.78km W

3Ossudu Lake Birds Sancturay

ESZ11.25km SSE

4VarahaNadi/Sankaraparani

R/Gingee R4.68km SW

5 Vidur Dam 8.66km WNW

6 Vidur Branch canal 1.30km SSW

7 Kaliveli Tank 13.83km ENE

8 SuttukanniVaykkal 5.59km S

9 Areas already

subjected to pollution

or environmental

damage (those where

existing legal

environmental

standards are

exceeded)

Nil

10 Areas susceptible to

natural hazard which

could cause the

Project site located at seismic zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk

Zone)



project to present

environmental

problems,

(earthquakes,

subsidence,

landslides, erosion or

extreme or adverse

climatic conditions)



Figure 3-3Environmen


1

nmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boun

Page 108 of 259

t boundary



3.5 Physical Conditions of PIA district

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district are discussed in general and wherever

possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in particular are also provided.

The physical conditions are discussed as under:

District profile

Drainage, land use, geology, Physiographic profile

Natural resources

Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazard

3.5.1 PIA District Profile

Viluppuram district is located between 11° and 35° Northern Latitude and 78° 38� and 80° Eastern

Longitude. It is bordered on the north by Kancheepuram district and Tiruvannamalai district, on

the south by Cuddalore district and east by Union Territory of Puducherry. According to district

authorities, the total geographical area of the district is 7194 sq kms.

Source:https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/33/3306_PART_A_DCHB_VILUPPURAM.p

df

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions

The climate of Viluppuram district is fairly dry and on the whole healthy. The temperature is

moderate. The maximum and minimum temperature in the district is 360 C and 210C

respectively. The rainfall is more in the coastal area compared to interior areas. An average,

about 93.82% of the rainfall is received during North East and South West monsoons. Normally

the district does not get heavy rainfall with the exception of Marakkanam and Vanur blocks. The

rainfall is moderate in Kandamangalam and Koliyanur blocks, It is scanty in Kallakkurichi and

Sankarapuram blocks.

Source:

https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/33/3306_PART_A_DCHB_VILUPPURAM.pdf

3.5.3 Natural Resources of PIA District

3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna

Teak wood, rose wood and sandal wood trees are grown in the hills. In the Kalrayan Hills and

Gingee areas some medicinal plants are also grown. Flora and fauna of study area is discussed

in Section 3.11.



Source:http://tnenvis.nic.in/files/VILLUPURAM%20.pdf

3.5.3.2 Forest Resources

Gingee and Kalrayan hills are the two major hills in the district. Forest areas in the district

constitutes about 14% of the total area of the district which spread in the areas bordering Salem,

Dharmapuri and Tiruvannamalai districts with divisions of reserve forest, interface forest and

social forest. Teak, rose and sandal trees are found in the hills. In Kalrayan hills and Gingee

areas some medicinal plants are grown. In the social forest areas, trees raised are mainly for

firewood and paper making. Babul, Eucalyptus and Casuarina are found to be grown in the

district. The main activities of forest department are protection and preservation of the existing

natural forests and wild animals such as Spotted Deer, Antelope, Sloth Bear etc., and also

development of the degraded forests. The topography of the forests varies from plains with gentle

slope. The forests areas are divided into three regions from the points of view of topography, soil

conditions and flora. They are; The coastal regions - containing the casuarinas plantations, sand

dunes, the mangroves and scrub jungle. This include the whole of Pitchavaram, Pitchavaram

extension and Killai Reserved Forests. The lateritic region - containing the extensive cashew

plantation and dry evergreen forest covering Kangiruppum Bit I and II, Velangulam, Ammeri,

Narimanam, Semakottai and Extension, Kallamedu and Kuttady Reserved Forests. The inland

plains region - containing the eucalyptus and miscellaneous fuel plantations and the thorny scrub

jungles at Alwarmalai, Varanjaram, Porasakurichi, Magarur, Kattumailur, Nangur, Krishnapuram,

Thottapadi, Kottalamalai, Melpalangur, Mallapuram and Poosapadi Reserved Forests.

Source:


3.5.3.3 Irrigation

Intensive and extensive cultivation of land depends mainly on the availability of water. The rivers

in Viluppuram district are not perennial. So, the major sources of irrigation are tube wells and

open dug wells. Lower anaicut, Tirukkoyiluranaicut, Ellis Chuoltryanaicut and reservoir are the

important irrigation projects in the district. Area under irrigation from different sources in the

district during 2009-10 is given in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2Area under irrigation from different sources in the district during 2009-10

Sl. No.Irrigation Source

Area Irrigated(Hect.)

1 Canals 9465.3

2 Tube-wells and wells 143620.8

3 Tanks/ Lakes 62616.6



4 Water falls 277.8

5 Others 1500.8

Source:


3.5.3.4 Agricultural Resources

Agriculture is the mainstay of the people in the district. Except Gingee and Kalrayan hills, the

entire district is characterized by plains. Major portion of the plains is utilized for agricultural

purpose. The major crops in the district are paddy, groundnut, cotton, sugarcane, tapioca and

cumbu. Paddy is the important food crop cultivated over an extent of 148454 hectares in the

district during 2009-10. Among pulses, black grams and red grams are the most important

varieties grown over an extent of 17276 and 519 hectares respectively. During 2009-10, nearly

19763 hectares were used for the production of pulses in the district.

Source:


3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources

The major portion of Viluppuram district is covered by mineral deposits like silica sand, lime

stone, black granite and blue metal. Silica sand is found in Agaram reserve forest in Tindivanam

taluk. Fine clay deposits are found in large numbers in Tindivanam taluk. Inferior grade

sedimentary limestone deposit is found in Vanur taluk. Gingee, Kallakkurichi, Tindivanam,

Tirukkoyilur, Ulundurpettai, Vanur and Viluppuram taluks has rich sources of export quantity of

black granite. Multicoloured granites are found in Gingee, Kallakkurichi and Viluppuram taluks.

Mineral map of Tamilnadu is shown in Figure 3-4.

Source:




Figure 3-4 Mineral Map of Tamilnadu



3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover

Total geographic area of Viluppuram district is 7254.50 Sq. Km. Urban Built up area is 44.12

Sq.km and Rural Built up area is 246.08 Sq.km. Details of land use/land cover statistics for

Viluppuram district were given in Table 3-3and Land Use map of Viluppuram is given in Figure

3-6Land Use pattern of Viluppuram district is given in Figure 3-7.

Table 3-3District land use/land cover statistics (2015-16) for Viluppuram district

S.No. Division of Land Use/Land CoverArea inSq.Km.

Area inacres

Area inHa

Area (%)

1 Builtup, Urban 44.12 10902.27 4412 0.608

2 Builtup, Mining 33.96 8391.69 3396 0.468

3 Agriculture, Plantation 252.31 62347.06 25231 3.478

4 Forest, Evergreen/Semi evergreen 56.79 14033.09 5679 0.783

5 Forest, Forest Plantation 132.83 32822.96 13283 1.831

6Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Salt Affectedland

32.95 8142.11 3295 0.454

7 Barren/Uncultutable/Wastelands, Scrub land 83.27 20576.43 8327 1.148

8 Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Barren rocky 13.97 3452.06 1397 0.193

9 Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/Canals 110.19 27228.50 11019 1.519

10 Builtup, Rural 246.08 60807.60 24608 3.392

11 Agriculture, Crop land 3609.55 891937.85 360955 49.756

12 Agriculture, Fallow 1435.24 354654.98 143524 19.784

13 Forest, Deciduous 561.07 138643.20 56107 7.734

14 Grass/Grazing 3.81 941.47 381 0.053

15Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands,Gullied/Ravinous Land

5.54 1368.96 554 0.076

16 Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Sandy area 9.59 2369.74 959 0.132

17 Wetlands/water Bodies, coastal Wetland 4.06 1003.25 406 0.056

18 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 619.17 153000.00 61917 8.535

TOTAL 7254.50 1792623.2 725450 100.0



Figu

0.608

19.784

7.734

0.053 0.076

0.132

0.056

8.535


1

Figure 3-5Land use pattern of the ViluppuramDistrict

0.608

0.468

3.478 0.783

1.8310.454

1.148

0.193

1.519

3.392

49.756

Builtup, Urban

Builtup, Mining

Agriculture, Plantation

Forest, Evergreen/Semi evergreen

Forest, Forest Plantation

Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Salt Affected land

Barren/Uncultutable/Wastelands, Scrub land

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Barren rocky

Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/Canals

Builtup, Rural

Agriculture, Crop land

Agriculture, Fallow

Forest, Deciduous

Grass/Grazing

Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Gullied/Ravinous

LandBarren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Sandy area

Wetlands/water Bodies,coastal Wetland

Page 114 of 259

Forest, Evergreen/Semi evergreen

Forest, Forest Plantation

Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Salt Affected land

Barren/Uncultutable/Wastelands, Scrub land

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Barren rocky

Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/Canals

Barren/Unculturable/Wastelands, Gullied/Ravinous

LandBarren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Sandy area

Wetlands/water Bodies,coastal Wetland



Figure 3-6Land use map of the Viluppuram District



3.5.4.1 Land Use and Land Cover of the Study Area

Total Project Study area is 322.51 Sq.km. The Land Use Pattern is given in Table 3-4.

The Land Use Pattern and Land Use Map of the Study area are given in Figure 3-7and Figure

3-8respectively.

Table 3-4 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

S.No. Description Area (Sq.Km) Area (Acres) Area (Hectares) Area (%)

1 Crop land 175.91 43468.24 17591 54.54

2 Plantation 61.35 15159.89 6135 19.02

3 Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds 27.16 6711.37 2716 8.42

4 Fallow 22.66 5599.40 2266 7.03

5 Rural 14.37 3550.90 1437 4.46

6 Mining 11.31 2794.76 1131 3.51

7 River /Streams/ Cannal 3.41 842.63 341 1.06

8 Sandy area 2.2 543.63 220 0.68

9 Scrub land 2.14 528.8047 214 0.66

10 Salt affected land 1 247.11 100 0.31

11 Urban 1 247.11 100 0.31

Total 322.51 79693.83 32251 100.00



F

19.02

8.42

7.03

4.463.51

1.06


1

Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

54.54

0.68

0.66

0.31

0.31

Crop land

Plantation

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

Fallow

Rural

Mining

River /Streams/ Cannal

Sandy area

Scrub land

Salt affected land

Urban

Page 117 of 259

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

River /Streams/ Cannal

Sandy area

Salt affected land




1

Figure 3-8 Land Use Map of the Study Area

Page 118 of 259



3.5.5 Topography

The greater part of Viluppuram district is covered by metamorphic rocks formed by pressure and

heat belonging to the granite-like genesis family. There are three major groups of sedimentary

rocks, layers of particles that settled in different geological periods. The entire district is

characterized by plains except Kalrayan and Gingee hills. Major area of the district is flat plain

sloping gently from the west to the sea on the east. On the west, the Kallakkurichi taluk and the

neighbouring areas with the Kalrayan hills and their undulating valleys are found with dense

woods and green forest cover. The eastern part found with red soil tracts and wide spread paddy

fields, fruit bearing trees and with open tanks. The land in the north around Gingee hills are found

with numerous hills and hillocks. The southern region of the district is comparatively green and

fertile. The coastline covers a distance of about 32 kms in Marakkanam and Vanur blocks. The

sea shore is fringed with a belt of blown sand of varying width. Physical map of Tamil Nadu is

given as Figure 3-9 and Topo map of study area is given as Figure 3-2and contour map of the

study area is given as Figure 3-10.

Source:




Figure 3-9 Physical Map of Tamil Nadu




1

Figure 3-10 Contour Map of Study Area

Page 121 of 259



3.5.6 Geomorphology of PIA district

The residual hills and denudational hills are common in Tirukoilur, Kallakurichi and Gingee taluks.

Structural hills are noticed in the western part of the district. The shallow pediments and buried

pediments are common in the central part of the district. Coastal areas are having older and

younger flood plains and also beach landforms at places. The ground slope is gentle towards

coast. The valley fill near Villupuram is thick, which forms main ground water discharge zone.

Lineaments are restricted to parts of Kallakurichi and Sankarapuram areas and productive

fractures are noticed in select pockets. The crystalline sedimentary contact fault is having

sympathetic fractures in hard rocks but mostly they are dry fractures. The Geomorphology Map of

the Viluppuram District is shown as Figure 3-12.

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/district_profile/tamilnadu/villupuram.pdf

3.5.7 Geomorphology of the Study Area

The total Geographical area of the study area is 322.44 Sq.Km. The Geomorphology of the study

area is given in Table 3-5and Geomorphology pattern and Geomorphology Map of the study area

is given inFigure 3-11andFigure 3-13respectively.

Table 3-5Geomorphology of the Study Area

S.No. Description Area (Sq. Km) Area (Acres) Area (Hectares)Area(%)

1Denudational Origin-Pediment-PediPlainComplex

280.82 69392.03 28082 87.09

2 Waterbodies 31.43 7766.51 3143 9.75

3 Fluvial Origin-Older Flood Plain 6.43 1588.89 643 1.99

4 Anthropogenic Origin-Anthropogenic Terrain 3.76 929.11 376 1.17

5 Total 322.44 79676.54 32244 100.00


HECS/SanthoshBulemetals/1(a)/B1/EC /R

Figure 3-11G

9.75

1.99 1.17

Dra

/EC /R0/07-09-2021

3-11Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area

87.09

1.99 1.17Denudational Origin-Pediment-PediPlain

Complex

Waterbodies

Fluvial Origin-Older Flood Plain

Anthropogenic Origin-Anthropogenic

Terrain


Page 123 of 259

Area

Denudational Origin-Pediment-PediPlain

Complex

Waterbodies

Fluvial Origin-Older Flood Plain

Anthropogenic Origin-Anthropogenic

Terrain



Figure 3-12Geomorphology Map of Viluppuram District



Fig


1

Figure 3-13Geomorphology Map of the Study Area

Page 125 of 259



3.5.7 Hydrogeology of PIA district

Villupuram district is underlain by crystalline metamorphic complex in the western part of the

district and sedimentary tract in eastern side (Plate-II). The thickness of sediments exceeds 600m

near southern part of the district. Groundwater occurs under phreatic and semi–confined conditions

in consolidated formations, which comprises weathered and fractured granites, gneisses and

charnockites whereas in unconsolidated sedimentary rocks the groundwater occurs in phreatic,

semi-confined conditions in Vanur sandstone, Kadapperikuppam formation and Turuvai limestone.

The district is having rocky outcrops in major part of Kallakurichi, Sankarapuram and Tirukoilur

taluks. The weathering is highly erratic and the depth of abstraction structures is controlled by the

intensity of weathering and fracturing. The depth of wells varies from 6.64 to 17 m bgl and water

levels in observation wells tapping shallow aquifers varied from 0.74 to 9.7 m bgl during pre

monsoon (May 2006) and it varies from 0.7 to 4.45 m bgl during post monsoon (January 2007).

During pre monsoon, the depth to water levels in the range of >2 to 5 m bgl in major part of the

district, in the range of >5 -10 m bgl in western and southeastern parts of the district and range of

0-2 m bgl were recorded in two isolated pockets (Plate –III). During post monsoon the depth to

water levels range of >2 to 5 m bgl exists in major part of the district, range of 0 - 2 m bgl prevails

in central and northeastern parts of the district and range of >5 - 10 m bgl were recorded in two

isolated pockets in the southwester and north western parts of the district (Plate –IV). The depth to

piezometric surface ranged from 2.8 to 11.25 m bgl during Pre monsoon and 0.5 to 6.35 m bgl

during post monsoon. The ground water is being developed my means of dug wells, bore wells and

tube wells. The diameter of the well is in the range of 7 to 10 m and depth of dug wells range from

15 to 18 m bgl depending on the weathered thickness and joints. The dug wells yield up to 1 lps in

summer months and few wells remains dry. The yield is adequate for irrigation for one or two crops

in monsoon period. The yield of bore wells in favorable locations vary from<1 to 6 lps. The valley

fills, intersection of lineaments, particularly, in the western part along the foot hills of Kalrayan hills

are reported to have potential pockets suitable for dug wells and bore wells. The area of contact

between crystalline and sedimentary formations has variable yield prospects. The cretaceous

formations are very compact and yield prospects are low. The dug wells of 6 m diameter and 10 m

bgl depth in sandy tracts give about 3.5 lps. The yield of tube wells in the sedimentary formation

ranges from 2.4 to 37 lps. The hydrogeology map of Viluppuram District is given in Figure 3-14.




Figure 3-14Hydrogeology Map of ViluppuramDistrict



3.5.8 Drainage Pattern in PIA district

Ponnaiyar, Malattar and Gadilam are the major rivers draining the district. Ponnaiyar river flows

from northwest to east in the district. Manimuktanadi originates in Kalrayan hills and drains the

southern part of the district. Pambaiyar and Varaganadhi originate in the uplands of the district and

join Bay of Bengal. Varaganadhi is also known as Gingee river and drains the parts of Gingee and

Vanur taluks of this district. Malattar and Gadilam rivers also originate in the uplands within the

district and flow eastwards to Cuddalore district. All the rivers are ephemeral in nature and carry

only floodwater during monsoon period. The drainage pattern is mostly parallel to sub parallel and

drainage density is very low. There are small reservoirs across rivers namely Gomukhi, Vedur and

Mahanathur. The drainage map of the Study Area is given as Figure 3-14.

Source:https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/33/3306_PART_A_DCHB_VILUPPURAM.pdf




1

Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area

Page 129 of 259


3.5.9 Geology

The greater part of the district is covered by rocks belonging to Archaean age comprising the

charnockite group, the Migmatite complex, Sathyamangalam group and the Bhavani group

and the alkali complex of proterozoic age. West of kallakurichi (southwestern partof the

district), the area comprises the charnockite group of rocks viz. Charnockite, pyroxene

granulite and garnetiferous gabbro. West of Tirukoilur (central part of the district), and east of

the Charnockite terrain (i.e., kallakurichi area) the Migmatite complex is made up of

Hornblende-biotite gneiss. Pink augen gneiss and pink migmatite with younger instructions of

Tindivanam and Gingee Granites (2250 Ma) and basic dykes (Proterozoic). The Migmatite

Complex forms the major country rock of the area covering more than sixty percent and

extending towards east uptoVikravandi, south of Gingee. Epidote-hornblonde gneiss

(Proterozoic age) occurs as small isolated outcrops. Dolerite dykes form the youngest basic

instrusives traversing both Charnockite as well as the migmatite country equally. Overlying the

Archaeans are the marine fossiliferous Upper, Cretaceous and Palaeogene Formations

occurring in two separate sub-basins separated by thick cover of alluvial sediments deposited

by Gadilam and Pennaiyar rivers. The two sub-basins are recognized as Vridhachalam sub-

basin and Pondicherry sub-basin. In Vridhachalam sub-basin, the marine Upper Cretaceous

sediments are divisible into four formations viz., Parurformation, Patti Formation, Mattur

Formation and Alladi Formation. The Parur Formation is not exposed in the district. The Patti

Formation comprises fossiliferous sandy limestone and calcareous shale. Mattur Formation

and shales with pockets of fossiliferous limestone. The Pondicherry Sub-basin is partly

exposed in the eastern part of Viluppuram district and the Upper Cretaceous sediments are

divisible into vanur Formation, comprising argillaceous sandstone with hard bands of siltstone

and bands of shell limestone.

Geological map of Tamilnadu is given as Figure 3-16.

Source:

https://cdn.s3waas.gov.in/s3e44fea3bec53bcea3b7513ccef5857ac/uploads/2019/05/2019053069.pdf



Figure 3-16Geology Map of Tamil Nadu



3.5.10 Seismicity

As per Vulnerability Atlas of India- 2ndedition, the project location/study area falls in Zone III,

which is categorized as a Moderate damage risk zone. The seismicity map of India is shown

in Figure 3-17.

Figure 3-17 Seismicity Map of India



3.5.11 Soil in PIA District

The soils in the district are mainly red soil, sandy loam and black cotton soil. Alluvial soils are

found in eastern side bordering coastal areas. Black soils are confined to low ground in select

pockets in Vanur taluk.Soil map of India is given in Figure 3-18.

Source:




Figure 3-18 Soil map of India



3.5.12 Natural Hazards in PIA District

As any other coastal environment, coast of Villupuram district also gets affected with regular

erosion and accretion. Sea level rise and elevation in sea surface temperature are also seen

here as the consequences of global climate change. Wind Hazard Map of India is given in

Figure 3-19.

Source:http://tnenvis.nic.in/files/VILLUPURAM%20.pdf



Figure 3-19 Wind hazard Map of India



3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is an

indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant changes, in

predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post-

monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of air

environment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance

programme.

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weather

parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are wind

speed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for proper

interpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models for

predicting the post project environmental scenario i.e., ground level concentrations due to

proposed utilities like DG sets etc.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was obtained from the

IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) was

generated during the study period (June 2021 to August 2021). The methodology adopted for

monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian

Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is

Pondicherry. The Climatological data of Pondicherry(1155� N and 79o50� E), published by the

IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for period 1971 - 2000, is

presented in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. The

monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced inTable 3-6.


Table 3-6: Climatologically Summary – Pondicherry(1971-2000)

Month

Temp (°C) RainfallRelativeHumidity

(%)

VapourPressurehPa

MeanWind

Speed(Kmph)

PredominantWind Directions

(From)*

DailyMax.

DailyMin.

Total(mm)

No.of

days08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 29.0 21.9 12.3 0.9 82 78 26.1 27.9 13.2 NW NE

Feb 30.0 22.5 22.2 0.9 80 78 27.3 29.5 13.3 NW NE

Mar 31.2 23.8 19.3 0.8 78 76 29.6 31.3 13.3 NW SE

Apr 32.8 25.9 7.8 0.4 76 76 32.3 33.7 14.9 SE SE

May 34.6 26.8 48.6 1.9 72 75 32.0 34.6 13.9 SW SE

Jun 35.8 26.5 48.0 2.8 70 70 30.3 33.0 11.7 SW SE

Jul 34.5 25.7 89.5 5.3 74 73 29.8 32.4 10.4 SW SE

Aug 33.9 25.2 132.3 6.7 76 73 29.7 32.2 10.6 SW SE

Sep 33.1 24.9 132.8 6.5 77 76 30.3 32.7 11.0 SW SE

Oct 31.5 24.5 273.9 10.3 80 77 30.2 31.7 10.3 SW SE

Nov 29.8 23.6 350.0 11.8 82 79 28.7 29.8 11.9 NW NE

Dec 29.0 22.6 217.3 6.8 83 79 27.2 28.8 13.7 NW NE

Max. 35.8 26.8 350.0 11.8 83 79 32.3 34.6 14.9 AnnualPredominant

wind direction isSouth East

Min. 29.0 21.9 7.8 0.4 70 70 26.1 27.9 10.3Annual

Avg/Total.

Highest Daily maximum temperature is 35.8oC and the Lowest daily minimum temperature is 21.9

oC

were recorded in the months of June and January respectively

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 83% and 70% were recorded in the months of December

and June respectively.

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 350.0 mm and 7.8 mm was recorded in the months of November

and April respectively.

Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed is 14.9 km/hrand 10.3 km/hr was recorded in the months

of April and October respectively. Annual Wind predominant pattern is South East.

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period

The meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement during

study period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Meteorological data was

collected during the study period (June 2021 to August 2021)and is presented in Table 3-7.

The wind rose for the study period is given as Figure 3-20.

32.1 24.5 1354.0 55.0 77 76 29.5 31.5 12.4

As per the above IMD climatological Data given in theobservations drawn are as follows



Table 3-7 Meteorological Data for the Study Period (June 2021 – August 2021)

S. No Parameter Observation

1. Temperature Max Temperature:40 0C

Min Temperature:240C

AvgTemperature:30.87 0C

2. Relative Humidity Avg Relative Humidity: 67.65 %

3. Average Wind Speed 3.34 m/s

4. Predominant Wind Direction during

study period

West

Figure 3-20 Wind rose during study period (June 2021 to August 2021)


HECS/SanthoshBulemetals/1(a)/B1/EC /R0

3.6.5 Atmospheric Inversi

The daily inversion level calculated

at the project site and the maxim

the average temperature and aver

varies from 50 to 3953 m during

2021.This is shown in Figure 3-21

Figure 3-21Atm

3.7 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitorin

Topography/Te

Meteorological

Residential and

Representatives

Representation

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality

To evaluate the baseline air qualit

identified as per meteorological dat

Annual wind predominance is from

0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

3500

4000

06

:00

:00

07

:00

:00

08

:00

:00

09

:00

:00

Draft E

/EC /R0/07-09-2021

Inversion

culated based on the average temperature and averag

aximum inversion height is derived by the graph pl

and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at

during 6 AM to 5 PM, the maximum recorded at

e 3-21.

21Atmospheric inversion level at the project site

y

onitoring locations are based on the following:

aphy/Terrain

ogical conditions – Upwind and Downwind locations

al and sensitive areas within the study area

esentatives of regional background air quality/pollution lev

esentation of likely impacted areas

uality Monitoring Stations

quality of the study area, eight (08) monitoring locati

ical data during the study period (June 2021 to Aug

is from West to East. AAQ monitoring locations are

10

:00

:00

11

:00

:00

12

:00

:00

13

:00

:00

14

:00

:00

15

:00

:00

16

:00

:00

17

:00

:00

Height of Convectively -

Generated Boundary

Layer - PBL (m)

Sensible Heat Flux

(W/m2)

raft EIA/EMP Report

Page 140 of 259

d average wind speed

aph plotted based on

el at the project site

ded at 5 PM, August

site

ions

ion levels and

ng locations have been

o August 2021). The

s are selected based

Height of Convectively -

Generated Boundary

Layer - PBL (m)

Sensible Heat Flux

(W/m2)



on Annual wind predominance, map showing the air monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-22

and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode

Location Type of WindDistance (~km) from

Project boundaryAzimuth

Directions

A1 Near Project site c/w 0.67 N

A2 Elavampattu c/w 4.22 NE

A3 Ranganathapuram c/w 4.02 ESE

A4 Thollamur u/w 1.31 SSE

A5 Pudukuppam c/w 4.26 SSE

A6 Tiruvakkarai c/w 3.95 SSW

A7 Taludali d/w 5.39 NW

A8 Near Perumbakkam d/w 2.88 NW


Figure 3

021

gure 3-22Map showing the Air monitoring locations



3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12 weeks),

i.e. 3 months (June 2021 to August 2021). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As,Ni

and Free silica were monitored. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution Control

Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis of

parameters are given in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters

S. No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009Sampling

Time

1Sulphur Dioxide(SO2), μg/m3

IS:5182(Part-2):2001(Reaff:2006)

50 (Annual) 80(24 Hours) 24 Hours

2Nitrogen Dioxide(NO2), μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40 (Annual) 80 (24 Hours) 24 Hours

3Particulate Matter(PM2.5), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 23): 2006 40 (Annual) 60 (24 hours) 24 Hours

4Particulate Matter(PM10), μg/m3 IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60 (Annual) 100 (24 hours) 24 Hours

5 CO mg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999(Reaff:2006)

2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6 Pbμg/m3IS:5182(Part–22):2004(Reaff:2006)

0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7 O3, μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part – 9): 1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8 NH3, μg/m3APHA (air) 2nd edition(Indophenol-blue method)

100(Annual) 400(24 hours) 8 Hours

9 Benzene, μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–11):1999(RA:2009)

5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10Benzo (a) pyrene,ng/m3

IS:5182(Part–12):2004(RA:2009)

1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours

11 Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12 Nickel ng/ m3

In house method (AASmethod) based on CPCBguidelines volume 1

20(Annual) 20(Annual) 24 Hours

3.7.3 Results and Discussions

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12, As and

Ni are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification,



November, 2009. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (June 2021 to August 2021) for the study

area is given in Table 3-10and trends of measured ambient concentration in the study area

were graphically represented in Figure 3-23.



Table 3-10 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

Locations

NearProjectsite

Elavampattu Ranganathapuram

Thollamur Pudukuppam

Tiruvakkarai

Taludali NearPerumbakkam

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10 Conc. (µg/m³)

Min.

100(24 Hours)

45 43 41 44 42 41 44 46

Max 64 61 58 63 60 58 62 65

Avg. 54 52 49 53 50 49 52 5598th‘tile 64 61 58 62 59 58 62 65

PM2.5 Conc. (µg/m3)

Min.

60(24 Hours)

23 19 22 25 20 24 20 21

Max 33 28 31 35 29 34 28 29

Avg. 28 23 26 30 24 28 24 2598th‘tile 33 28 31 35 29 33 28 29

SO2 Conc. (µg/m3)

Min.

80(24 Hours)

10 8 9 11 9 9 8 8

Max 15 11 13 16 13 13 11 12

Avg. 12 9 11 13 11 11 9 1098th‘tile 14 11 13 16 12 13 11 12

NO2 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.

80(24 Hours)

19 15 15 18 16 17 15 18

Max 27 21 22 26 23 24 22 25

Avg. 23 18 18 22 20 20 18 21

98th‘tile 27 21 21 26 23 24 22 25

Pb (μ g/m3) Avg.1

(24 hour)BLQ(LOQ

0.05)BLQ(LOQ 0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

CO (mg/m3) Avg.4

(1hour)BLQ(LOQ

0.05)BLQ(LOQ 0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

O3 (μ g/m3) Avg.180

(1hour)10.15 11.41 10.67 10.42 11.08 10.59 11.52 11.23



ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

Locations

NearProjectsite

Elavampattu Ranganathapuram

Thollamur Pudukuppam

Tiruvakkarai

Taludali NearPerumbakkam

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

NH3 (μ g/m3) Avg.400

(24 hours)6.48 6.82 7.05 7.81 7.53 6.27 8.05 7.59

Benzene (μ g/m3) Avg.5

(Annual)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ 1)BLQ(LOQ

1)

Benzo (a) pyrene,(ng/m3)

Avg.1

(Annual)BLQ(LOQ


BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ 1)BLQ(LOQ

1)

Arsenic (ng/ m3) Avg.6

(Annual)BLQ(LOQ


BLQ(LOQ2)

BLQ(LOQ 2)BLQ(LOQ

2)

Nickel (ng/m3) Avg.20

(Annual)BLQ(LOQ

10)BLQ(LOQ 10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

BLQ(LOQ10)

Free silica Avg. -BLQ(LOQ

0.04)BLQ(LOQ 0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

BLQ(LOQ0.04)

Note: BLQ (Below Detectable Limit), LOQ (Limit Of Quantification)



Figure 3-23: Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area



3.7.3.1 Observations

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per CPCB

guidelines within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10 is 49 to 55 µg/m³,

PM2.5 is 23 to 30 µg/m³, SO2 is 9 to 13 µg/m³, NO2 is 18 to 23 µg/m³, all the parameters are

well within the National Ambient Air Quality at all monitoring locations during the study period

from June 2021 to August 2021.

3.8 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total)

of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambient

noise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08)

locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during the study period using

precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area were selected

after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categories

include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were recorded on an

hourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre- calibrated noise levels. A map

noise showing the noise monitoring locations is given inFigure 3-24.


Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent

(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.

Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)

with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are

shown in the Table 3-11.



Table 3-11 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.No

Location Location CodeDistance (km)from Project

boundary

AzimuthDirection

Noise level in dB(A)Leq

CPCB StandardEnvironmental

SettingDay Night

Lday(Ld)

LNight(Ln)

1 Project site N1 - 59.2 53.8 75 70 Industrial

2 Elavampattu N2 4.22 NE 48.6 41.3 55 45 Residential

3 Ranganathapuram N3 4.02 ESE 48.9 41.4 55 45 Residential

4 Thollamur N4 1.31 SSE 47.5 40.1 55 45 Residential

5 Pudukuppam N5 4.26 SSE 48.3 41.6 55 45 Residential

6 Tiruvakkarai N6 3.95 SSW 49.1 41.5 55 45 Residential

7 Taludali N7 5.39 NW 47.4 40.7 55 45 Residential

8 Near Perumbakkami N8 2.88 NW 49.7 41.2 55 45 Residential

3.8.2 Observations

The observations of day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are given below

In Industrial areas day time noise levels was about 59.2 dB(A) and 53.8 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by

CPCB (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).

In residential areas day time noise levels varied from47.4 dB(A) to 49.7 dB(A) and night time noise levels varied from 40.1 dB(A) to 41.6

dB(A) across the sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels is within the

prescribed limit by CPCB (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).



Figure 3


1

gure 3-24 Map showing the Noise Monitoring locations

Page 150 of 259



3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources

The major rivers flowing through the district are (i) Pennaiyar River flows from northwest to

east in the district forms the part of pennaiyar river basin (ii) Gadilam River flowing through

Thirukoilur Taluk, (iii) Malattar River joins Gadilam before flowing into Bay of Bengal (iv)

VaragaNathi originate in Gingee Taluk and flows through Villupuram Taluk (v) Gomukhi the

of main tributary of Manimuktha River joins into Vellar River in Cuddalore District (vi)

Manimuktha River originates in Kalrayan hills and drains the southern part of the district (vii)

Pambaiyar and the varaganadhi originate in the uplands of the district and join Bay of

Bengal. All these rivers are ephemeral ( only seasonal) in nature and carry only flood water

during monsoon period and none of them are perennial.

Source:https://cdn.s3waas.gov.in/s3e44fea3bec53bcea3b7513ccef5857ac/uploads/2019/05/2019053

069.pdf

3.9.1.1 Surface Water Quality Assessment

To establish the baseline status of water environment, the representative sampling locations

for surface water within a radial distance of 10 Km from project site have been selected as

per CPCB guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of the project

area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method

1 Colour IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

2 Turbidity IS 3025(Part - 10):1984

3 pH IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

4 Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

5 Total Dissolve Solids IS:3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)

6 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part - 17) 1984 (Reaff 1996)

7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)

8 Total Hardness as CaCo3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

11 Sodium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

12 Potassium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

9 Calcium as Ca IS 3025 (Part - 40):1991

10 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part - 46) 1994

13 Carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)

14 Bi carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)

15 Chloride IS 3025 (Part - 32):1988

16 Sulphate SO4 IS 3025(Part - 24):1986

17 Nitrate as NO3 ASTM(Part - 31)1978

18 Phosphate IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)



The prevailing status of surface water quality has been assessed during the study period.

Surface water quality results are provided in Table 3-14. A map showing the surface water

monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-25.

Table 3-13 Details of Surface water sampling locations

S.No

Water bodiesLocation

codeDistance from project

boundary (~Km)Direction from project

boundary

1 Lake near Adanpattu SW1 7.21 NNE

2 Lake near Elavampattu SW2 3.75 NE

3 Kattrampakkam Lake SW3 8.39 S

4 Sankaraparani River d/s SW4 7.71 S

5 Sankaraparani River u/s SW5 6.28 SW

6 Vidur dam SW6 8.91 E

7 Kunamangalam Lake SW7 5.38 WNW

8 Lake near Perumbakkam SW8 3.93 NNW

19 Fluorides as F IS 3025 (Part - 60):2008

20 % Sodium IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)

21 SAR IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)

22 RSC IS 3025 (Part - 26):1986

23 Cyanide IS 3025 (Part-27):1986

24 Arsenic IS 3025:(Part-37):1988(Reaff 2009)

25 Boron IS:3025 (Part - 57):2003

26 Cadmium IS 3025 (Part - 41)1991

27 Chromium, Total IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)

28 Copper IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)

29 Iron IS 3025 (Part - 53):2003

30 Lead IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

31 Manganese IS 3025:(Part - 59):2006

32 Mercury IS 3025 (Part48):1994 RA 1999

33 Nickel IS 3025:(Part-54):2003(Reaff 2009)

34 Selenium IS 3025 Part (56)2003

35 Zinc IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

36 Dissolved Oxygen IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)

37 BOD 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

38 COD IS:3025 (Part-58)-2006



Figure 3-25: M


1

-25: Map showing the surface water monitoring locations

Page 153 of 259

ons



Table 3-14: Surface water Monitoring Results

S.No

Parameter

Unit

Surfacewater

standards(IS 2296Class-A)

Lake nearAdanpattu

Lake nearElavampat

tu

KattrampakkamLake

Sankaraparani River

d/s

Sankaraparani River

u/sVidur dam

KunamangalamLake

Lake nearPerumbak

kam

SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8

1 Turbidity NTU 1 11 8 13 9 7 6 12 10

2 pH (at 25°C) -- 6.5-8.5 7.41 7.75 7.3 8.04 7.53 7.85 8.13 7.26

3 Electrical Conductivity µS/cm - 1527 1408 1534 1146 961 928 1536 1443

4 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 1047 970 1012 770 623 568 956 941

5 Total Suspended Solids mg/l -6 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l - 284.3 304.1 323.0 269.0 232.0 158.2 279.2 288.0

7 Total Hardness asCaCO3

mg/l 300374.8 437.8 396.8 200.5 214.5 282.9 263.6 373.1

8 Sodium as Na mg/l - 152.8 115.4 149.3 149.5 92.6 23 174.3 132.6

9 Potassium as K mg/l - 8.2 7.6 7.2 3.7 3.2 2.4 6.1 6.9

10 Calcium as Ca mg/l - 80.15 75.91 71.06 37.41 28.54 64.27 53.82 68.47

11 Magnesium as Mg mg/l - 42.27 60.1 53.1 25.92 34.68 29.61 31.27 48.93

12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 193.16 139.2 152.9 97.4 85.4 91.35 175.62 149.5

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 93.41 74.63 52.4 26.9 16.1 75.21 52.37 61.3

14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 3.2 8.5 9.4 6.7 2.9 19.06 5.54 7.4

16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 0.51 0.37 0.28 0.36 0.45 0.41 0.49 0.31

17 Cyanidemg/l 0.05

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

18 Arsenicmg/l 0.05

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

BLQ (LOQ0.005)

19 Boron as Bmg/l -

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

BLQ(LOQ0.1)

20 Cadmium as Cdmg/l 0.01

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

BLQ(LOQ0.001)

21 Chromium, Totalmg/l 0.05

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)



22 Copper as Cumg/l 1.5

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

23 Lead as Pbmg/l 0.1

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

24 Manganese as Mnmg/l 0.5

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

25 Mercurymg/l 0.001

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

26 Nickel as Nimg/l -

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

BLQ(LOQ0.01)

27 Selenium as Semg/l 0.01

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

BLQ(LOQ0.005)

29 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5.7 6 6.1 5.8 5.6 6.6 5.5 6.1

30 Chemical OxygenDemand as O2

mg/l -54.7 29.3 19.8 32.1 49.3 12 74 13

31 BOD, 3 days @ 27°C asO2

mg/l 2 34.9 9.6 5.3 31.5 19.41.9

26.1 5.4

(Note: BLQ – Below Limit of Quantification; LOQ – Limit Of Quantification)



3.9.1.2 Results and Discussions

Surface water sample results are discussed below:

pH in the collected surface water samples varies between 7.26 to8.13 where all the

samples are within the limit of IS 2296:1992. .

The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) value of collected surface water sample ranges

from 568 mg/l to 1047 mg/l.

The Total hardness value of the collected surface water sample ranges between

200.5 mg/l to 437.8 mg/l .

BOD value of the collected surface water sample ranges from 1.9 mg/l to 34.9 mg/l .

COD value of collected surface water varies from 12 to74 mg/l .

The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se are within

the limits of IS 2296:1992.

3.9.2 Ground Water Resources

The dug wells yield up to 1 lps in summer months and few wells remains dry. The yield is

adequate for irrigation for one or two crops in monsoon period. The yield of bore wells in

favorable locations vary from <1 to 6 lps.The ground water resources of Viluppuram district

are as given in Table 3-15Viluppuram District Depth of Water Level on Pre Monsoon & post

Monsoon is given in Figure 3-26

Table 3-15: Dynamic Groundwater Resources in PIA District

Attribute Potential /Quantity

Annual Replenishable Ground water resources 1696 MCM

Total Annual Ground Water Draft for all purposes 1889 MCM

Stage of Ground Water Development 107 %

(Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/district_profile/tamilnadu/villupuram.pdf)



Figure 3-26 Depth to water level of ViluppuramDistrict



3.9.2.1 Ground Water Quality

Total Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in

different villages around the project site based on the usage of sub surface water by the

settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the

acceptable and permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking

water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-16and Table

3-17. A map showing the groundwater monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-27.

Table 3-16 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Code LocationDistance (km) from Project

boundaryAzimuth

Directions

GW1 Near Project site 0.67 N

GW2 Elavampattu 4.22 NE

GW3 Ranganathapuram 4.02 ESE

GW4 Thollamur 1.31 SSE

GW5 Pudukuppam 4.26 SSE

GW6 Tiruvakkarai 3.95 SSW

GW7 Taludali 5.39 NW

GW8 Near Perumbakkam 2.88 NW



Figur


1

Figure 3-27 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations

Page 159 of 259



Table 3-17 Ground Water Monitoring Results

S.No

Parameters Unit

Drinking waterStandar

d (IS10500:2012)

Permissible

Limit


d (IS10500:2012)

Acceptable

Limit

NearProject

site

Elavampattu

Ranganathapuram

ThollamurPudukupp

amTiruvakkar

aiTaludali

NearPerumbakka

m

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1 Colour Hazen 15 5BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1)BLQ(LOQ

1) BLQ(LOQ 1)

2 Turbidity NTU 5 1BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)

3 pH -- NR 6.5-8.5 7.62 7.91 7.35 8.04 7.64 7.39 7.5 7.76

4 ConductivityµS/c

m- -

1062 816 1126 862 1437 1091 834 973

5Total Dissolve

Solidsmg/l 2000 500

724 554 747 535 958 728 517 677

6Total Suspended

Solids- -

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1)

BLQ(LOQ1) BLQ(LOQ 1)

7Alkalinity as

CaCO3mg/l 600 200

126 96 51 73 97 79 88 118

8Total Hardness

as CaCO3mg/l 600 200

261 210 251 232 301 344 249 288

9 Sodium as Na mg/l - - 73.2 51.2 129 84.7 137 98.2 49.1 60.5

10 Potassium as K mg/l - - 7.1 6.4 5.9 5.6 8.2 4.8 6.7 5.2

11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 200 75 69.4 41.3 58.2 37.1 73.28 87.3 62.5 53.4

12Magnesium as

Mgmg/l 100 30

21.2 25.8 25.64 33.7 28.47 30.5 22.4 37.5

13 Chloride as Cl mg/l 1000 250 173.6 137.9 261.8 143.7 319.57 195.9 116.2 129.8

14 Sulphate SO4 mg/l 400 200 57.4 42.1 91.5 28.4 107.23 82.3 31.5 56.4

15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l NR 45 4.8 2.9 4.9 5.1 5.5 4.3 3.2 3.2

16 Fluorides as F 1.5 1 0.32 0.37 0.41 0.29 0.34 0.38 0.31 0.39



S.No

Parameters Unit


d (IS10500:2012)

Permissible

Limit


d (IS10500:2012)

Acceptable

Limit

NearProject

site

Elavampattu

Ranganathapuram

ThollamurPudukupp

amTiruvakkar

aiTaludali

NearPerumbakka

m

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

17 Cyanide mg/l NR 0.05BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)

18 Arsenic as As mg/l 0.05 0.01BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)

19 Boron as B mg/l 1.0 0.5BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)BQL(LOQ

0.1)

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/l NR 0.003BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)BQL(LOQ

0.001)

21 Chromium as Cr mg/l NR 0.05BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)BQL(LOQ

0.01)

22 Copper as Cu mg/l 1.5 0.05BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)

23 Lead as Pb mg/l NR 0.01BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)

24Manganese as

Mnmg/l 0.3 0.1

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

BLQ(LOQ0.05)

25 Mercury mg/l NR 0.001BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

BLQ(LOQ0.0005)

26 Nickel as Ni mg/l NR 0.02BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)BLQ(LOQ

0.01)

27 Selenium as Se mg/l NR 0.01BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)BLQ(LOQ

0.005)

28 Zinc as Zn mg/l 15 5BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)

(Note: BLQ – Below Limit of Quantification; LOQ – Limit Of Quantification; NR – No Relaxation)



3.9.2.2 Results and Discussions

A summary of analytical results are presented below:

The ground water results of the study area indicate that the pH range varies between

7.35 and 8.04. It is observed that the pH range is within the permissible limit of IS

10500:2012.

The Total Dissolved Solids range of the collected ground water sample is varied between

517 mg/l – 958 mg/l. All the samples are within the permissible limit of IS 10500: 2012.

The acceptable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The chloride content in the collected ground water samples in the study area ranges

between 116.2 mg/l – 319.57 mg/l. It is observed that all the samples are within the

permissible limit of IS 10500:2012.

The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l.

the sulphate content in the collected ground water samples in the study area is varied

between 28.4 mg/l – 107.23 mg/l. It is observed that all the samples are meeting the

acceptable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

The Total hardness ranges is between 210 mg/l – 344 mg/l for ground water samples. It

is observed that all the samples are within the permissible limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

It is observed that all ground water sample collected within the study area are meeting

the drinking water standards IS 10500:2012.

3.10 Soil as a resource and its quality

The soils in the district are mostly forest soils and red soil. Alluvial soils are found in eastern

side bordering coast. Black soils are confined to low ground in select pockets in Vanur

taluk.Soil quality monitoring locations & results are given in Table 3-18&Table 3-19. Map

showing the soil monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-28.




Table 3-18 Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations

LocationCode

LocationDistance (Km)

w.r.t project siteDirection

w.r.t. project site

S1 Project site -

S2 Elavampattu 4.22 NE

S3 Ranganathapuram 4.02 ESE

S4 Thollamur 1.31 SSE

S5 Pudukuppam 4.26 SSE

S6 Tiruvakkarai 3.95 SSW

S7 Taludali 5.39 NW

S8 Near Perumbakkam 2.88 NW



Figur


1

Figure 3-28 Map showing the soil monitoring locations

Page 164 of 259



Table 3-19 Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Results

S.No

Parameters UnitsProject site Elavampattu

Ranganathapuram

ThollamurPudukkuppa

mTiruvakkarai Taludali

NearPerumbakka

mS1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Soil Texture -Sandy loam Sandy loam clay Clay

Sandy ClayLoam clay Clay

Clay

2 Sand % 63 59 35 39 56 41 42 43

3 Silt % 22 23 12 19 21 19 13 9

4 Clay % 15 18 53 42 23 40 45 48

5 pH - 7.58 7.43 7.35 7.42 7.84 7.51 7.87 8.01

6 Electrical conductivity umhos/cm 172 294 261 238 193 157 142 258

9 Nitrogen as N mg/kg 319.00 342.00 281.00 363.00 391.00 252.00 306.00 240.00

10 Phosphorus mg/kg 10.6 11.2 7.5 8.2 11.6 7.1 7.9 8.7

11 Potassium mg/kg 158 172 268 234 182 273 297 259

12 Boron mg/kg BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1) BLQ(LOQ 1)

13 Cadmium mg/kgBLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)

14 Chromium mg/kgBLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)BLQ(LOQ

0.1)Note: BLQ: Below Limit of Quantification; LOQ: Limit Of Quantification




Summary of analytical results

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.35 to8.01 .

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 142 to294μmhos/cm.

Nitrogen content in the collected soil samples ranged from 240 mg/kg to 391 mg/kg.

Phosphorous content ranged from7.1 mg/kg to 11.6 mg/kg.

Potassium content ranges from 158 mg/kg to 297 mg/kg.

3.11 BIOLOGICALENVIRONMENT

An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of industrialization

and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area. Studies on various aspects of

ecosystem play an important role in identifying sensitive issues for under taking appropriate

action to mitigate the impact, if any. The biological study was under taken as a part of the EIA

study report to understand the present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to

compare it with past condition with the help of available data, to predict changes in the biological

environment as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for maintaining its health.

Secondary source information was conducted to study the flora & fauna in 10 km radius. Some

of the information was gathered from the local habitants. The entire secondary data were

classified to interpret the impact of pollution on the flora and fauna of that region. Survey of the

wild plants as well as cultivated crop plants was made and all the available information was

recorded.During the collection of secondary information, following aspects were considered for

ecological studies:

Assessment of present status of flora and fauna;

Identification of rare and endangered species of plants and animals (if any);

Identification of ecologically sensitive areas within the study area;

Assessment of migratory route of wildlife (if any); and

Assessment of Aquatic Ecology with specific reference to aquatic birds and plankton

resources.

3.11.1 MethodologyTerrestrial investigations for flora and fauna records were collected by secondary

information like research article, periodicals, floras and forest checklist.



3.11.2 Floral Study Plants species were identified based on their specific diagnostics characters of family,

genus and species using available floral, other related literature.

Besides the identification of plant species, information was collected on the vernacular

names and uses of plants made by local inhabitants.

3.11.3 Faunal Study Secondary information collected from published government data etc.

List of the endangered and endemic species as per the schedule of The Wildlife

Protection Act, 1972.

Emphasis is given to identify avifauna and mammals to determine the presence and

absence of Schedule-1 species, listed in The Wildlife Protection Act 1972, as well as in

Red List of IUCN.

3.11.4 Floristic composition within the study area

For secondary information based on atotal 51 species under 28 family family found in

the study area. The detailed list of plant species found in each quadrat provided in Table 3-20.

Table 3-20List of flora reported/observed in the study area

S.No Species Vernacular Name Habit IUCN

Acanthaceae

1 Justicia simplex Water Willow Herb NA

Amaranthaceae

2 Achyranthes aspera Nayurivi Herb NA

3 Aervalanata Peelai Shrub NA

4 Aerva persica Perumpeelai Shrub NA

Annonaceae

5 Annona squamosa Seetha Tree NA

Apocynaceae

6 Carissa carandas Kalaa, Perun kala Shrub NA

7 Wrightia tinctoria Nilapaalai Tree LC

Asclepiadaceae

8 Calotropis gigantea Erukku, Arkkam Shrub NA

Bignoniaceae

9 Tecoma stans Sornapatti Shrub NA

Caesalpiniaceae



10 Cassia fistula Kondrai Tree NA

11 Tamarindus indica Puliyamaram Tree NA

12 Cleome viscosa Naikadugu Herb NA

Compositae

13 Acanthospermumhispidum -- Herb NA

14 Tridax procumbens Vettukkaaya-thazhai Herb NA

Convolvulaceae

15 Evolvulusalsinoides Vishnukarandi Herb NA

Cucurbitaceae

16 Citrullus colocynthis Peikkumatti Herb NA

17 Coccinia grandis Kovai Climber NA

Euphorbiaceae

18 Acalypha indica Kuppaimeni Herb NA

Fabaceae

19 Alysicarpusmonilifer -- Herb NA

20 Tephrosia purpurea Kozhinji Undershrub NA

Labiatae

21 Hyptissuaveolens Shrub NA

22 Leucas aspera Thumbai Herb NA

23 Ocimumamericanum Ganjaankorai Herb NA

Malvaceae

24 Abutilon indicum Perun thuthi Shrub NA

25 Sida acuta Malaithangi Herb NA

26 Sida cordifolia Nilatutthi Herb NA

Martyniaceae

27 Martynia annua ThaelKodukku Herb NA

Menispermaceae

28 Tinospora cordifolia Seendhil Climber NA

Mimosaceae

29 Acacia nilotica Karuvelam Tree LC

30 Leucaena leucocephala Soundil Tree NA

31 Prosopis juliflora Velikkaathaan Tree NA

Moraceae

32 Ficus benghalensis Aalamaram Tree NA

33 Ficus religiosa Arasu Tree NA

Nyctaginaceae

34 Boerhaviadiffusa Mookarattai Herb NA

35 Boerhaviaerecta Seemaimookarattai Herb NA

Pedaliaceae



36 Pedalium murex Perunerunji Herb NA

37 Sesamum indicum Ellu Herb NA

Poaceae

38 Alloteropsiscimicina bug-seed grass Grass NA

39 Aristida adscensionis Cheevampul Grass NA

40 Aristida hystrix Pottapullu Grass NA

41 Digitariaciliaris southern crabgrass Grass NA

42 Echinochloacolona Pullam payiru Grass NA

43 Eragrostistenella Feather Lovegrass Grass NA

Rhamnaceae

44 Ziziphus mauritiana Illandhai Tree NA

Rubiaceae

45 Morindapubescens Manjanatti Tree NA

46 Spermacocehispida Nathaichoori Herb NA

Rutaceae

47 Citrus aurantifolia Elumichai Tree NA

Scrophulariaceae

48 Scoparia dulcis Sarakkotthini Herb NA

Solanaceae

49 Solanum torvum Chundai Shrub NA

Verbenaceae

50 Tectona grandis Thekku Tree NA

51 Vitex negundo Nochi Tree NA

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient,

VU-Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature.

Source:

1. Gamble, J.S. and C.E.C. Fischer. 1915-1935. Flora of Presidency of Madras, Adlard and

Son, London. pp. 1-3.

2. Mathew, K. M. 1981. The Material for the Flora of the Tamilnadu Carnatic, Madras, India.

3.Matthew, K. M. 1982. Illustrations on the Flora of the Tamilnadu Carnatic. Vol. II. The

Diocesan press, Madras, India.

4.Matthew, K. M. 1983. The Flora of Tamilnadu Carnatic. Vol. III. The Diocesan press, Madras,

India.

5.Matthew, K. M. 1988. Further Illustrations on the Flora of the Tamilnadu Carnatic. Vol. IV. The

Diocesan press, Madras, India.



6.Nair, N.C. and A.N. Henry. 1983. Flora of Tamil Nadu, India.Series 1, Vol. 1, Botanical Survey

of India, Southern Circle, Coimbatore. 1-184.

7.Henry, A.N., Kumari, G.R. and Chitra, V. (1987) Flora of Tamil Nadu India. Series 1: Analysis.

Vol. 2, Botanical Survey of India, Coimbatore.

8.Hooker J.D. 1872-1897. Flora of British India. (Vol. 1-7), Ashford: Reeve and Company. 5568

p.Henry, A.N., Chithra, V.N. and Balakrishnan, P. (1989) Flora of Tamil Nadu India. Series 1:

Analysis. Vol. III. Botanical Survey of India, Coimbatore.

3.11.5 Fauna Diversity

Secondary information for Fauna diversity was collected to cross check with relevant literatures

(Smith 1933-43, Ali and Ripley 1983, Daniel 1983, Prater 1993, Murthy and Chandrasekhar

1988).

3.11.6 Birds species

A total of 40 species belonging to 27 families have been identified from Agricultural area. A

comparative chart of the total bird species belonging to different families along with their feeding

preference and abundance are provided inTable 3-21.The secondary information was observed

57 species of birds.

Table 3-21List of Birds

S. No Common Name Scientific Name IUCNstatusPhasianidae

1 Indian peafowl Pavocristatus LC

2 Grey francolin Francolinuspondicerianus LC

Ardeidae

3 Indian pond heron Ardeolagrayii LC

4 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis LC

Accipitridae

5 Brahminy kite Haliasturindus LC

6 Black kite Milvus migrans LC

Charadriidae

7 Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus LC

8 Common ringed plover Charadrius hiaticula LC

Columbidae

9 Common pigeon Columba livia LC

Psittaculidae



11 Rose ringed parakeet Psittaculakrameri LC

Cuculidae

12 Common hawk cuckoo Hierococcyxvarius LC

13 Asian koel Eudynamysscolopaceus LC

Strigidae

14 Spotted owlet Athene brama LC

Upupidae

15 Common hoopoe Upupa epops LC

Coraciidae

16 Indian roller Coracias benghalensis LC

Alcedinidae

17 White throated king fisher Halcyon smyrnensis LC

18 Pied kingfisher Cerylerudis LC

Meropidae

19 Green bee eater Meropsorientalis LC

Ramphastidae

20 Brown headed barbet Megalaimazeylanica LC

21 Copper smith barbet Megalaimahaemacephala LC

Picidae

22 Flame back Dinopiumbenghalense LC

Dicruridae

23 Greater racket tailed drongo Dicrurusparadiseus LC

24 Black drongo Dicrurusmacrocercus LC

Monarchidae

25 Indian paradise flycatcher Terpsiphone paradise LC

Hirundinidae

26 Barn swallow Hirundorustica LC

Corvidae

27 House crow Corvus splendens LC

28 Rufous treepie Dendrocittavagabunda LC

Sturnidae

29 Common myna Acridotheres tristis LC

30 Brahminy starling Sturniapagodarum LC

Estrildidae

31 Scaly breasted munia Lonchurapunctulata LC

32 White rumped munia Lonchura striata LC

33 Black headed munia Lonchura Malacca LC

Motacillidae

34 Grey wagtail Motacilla cinerea LC

35 White browed wagtail Motacillamaderaspatensis LC



Timallidae

36 Yellow-billed babbler Turdoidesaffinis LC

Ploceidae

37 Baya weaver Ploceusphilippinus LC

Muscicapidae

38 Pied Bushchat Saxicola caprata LC

Nectariniidae

39 Purple sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus LC

Scolopacidae

40 Wood sandpiper Tringaglareola LC

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient,

VU-Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature.

3.11.7 Mammals

Based on secondary information.

Table 3-22List of Mammals

S.No Species name Common name IUCN Conservation Status

1 Eutropismacularia Common skink Not assessed

4 Rana tigrina Common yellow frog Least Concern

5 Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard Not assessed

6 Hemidactylus sp. House lizard Not assessed

7 Ophisopsleschenaultiix Snake-eyed lizard Not assessed

8 Rana hexadactyla Frog Least Concern

3.11.8 Reptiles & Amphibians

Reptiles and amphibian species were prepared secondary information.

Table 3-23List of Reptiles and Amphibians

S.No Species name Common name IUCN Conservation Status

1 Mus musculus Common Mouse Not assessed

2 Funambulus pennanti Palm -Squirrel Not assessed

3 Mus rattus Indian rat Not assessed

4 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Least Concern

5 Rattus norvegicus Brown Rat Least Concern

6 Felis catus Cat Not assessed

7 Najanaja Cobra Not assessed

8 Ptyas mucosa Red snake Not assessed



3.11.9 Butterfly Species

Butterfly can also serve as useful indicators of habitat biodiversity. They are responsible

for a large part of the complex interconnections that characterize natural ecosystems. The

butterfly communities that are present in forests help to maintain crucial ecological processes

and preserve biodiversity as a whole. They participate in most of the ecological processes that

sustain ecosystems. A totally 10 species belonging to five families of butterflies recorded.

Table 3-24List of Butterflies

Sl.No

Zoological Name Common Name WPA-1972

1 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger ─

2 Danaus genutia Striped Tiger ─

3 Ariadne merione Common Caster ─

4 Ariadne ariadne Angled Castor ─

5 Acraea terpsicore Tawny Caster ─

6 Neptishylas Common Sailor ─

7 Phalantaphalantha Common Leopard ─

8 Hypolimnasbolina Great Egg Fly ─

9 Hypolimnasmisippus Danaid Egg Fly Sch I&II

10 Junonialemonias Lemon Pansy ─

LC- Least Concern, NT- Near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NE-Not Evaluated, DD -Data Deficient, VU-

Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature.

Source:

List of Birds: Ali, S. (2002). The Book of Indian Birds (13th Revised Edition). Oxford University

Press, New Delhi, 326pp.

List of Butterflies: Kehimkar I. The Book of Indian Butterflies. Bombay Natural History Society,

2008, 497.

Evans WH. Identification of Indian butterflies. The Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay,

1927, 32.

List of Mammals: Kamalakannan, M.&P.O.Nameer (2019). A checklist of mammals of Tamil

Nadu, India. Journal of Threatened Taxa 11(8): 13992–14009;

https://doi.org/10.11609/jott.4705.11.8.13992–14009.

List of Reptiles: Aengals, R., Sathish Kumar, V.M., Palot, M.J. & Ganesh, S.R. (2018). A

Checklist of Reptiles of India. 35 pp. Version 3.0. Online publication is available at

www.zsi.gov.in (Last update: May 2018).



3.11.10 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The area used for this project does not have any important species is found in this project area.

Hence, no loss of important species is anticipated due to project site. No national park, wildlife

sanctuary, biosphere reserve, notified wetland or IBA exists within 10 km radius area of the

project site.No major flora and fauna within project activity areas.

3.12 Socio Economic Profile

As per provisional reports of Census India, population of Viluppuram in 2011 is 3,458,873; of

which male and female are 1,740,819 and 1,718,054 respectively. In education section, total

literates in Viluppuram district are 2195776 of which 1234479 are males while 961297 are

females. Average literacy rate of Viluppuram city is 71.88 percent of which male and female

literacy was 80.55 and 63.15 percent. The sex ratio of the district was 987, lower than the State

sex ratio of 996.

Source:https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/33/3306_PART_A_DCHB_VILUPPURAM.

pdf

3.13 Socio Economic Aspects

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with

social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides

information such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and

the status of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income,

agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these

characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and

parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

Table 3-25shows some important Social Indicators of Viluppuram District in Tamil Nadu.



Table 3-25Social Indicators of Viluppuram District

S.No Social Indicators Viluppuram District

1 Decadal variation % 16.8

2 Urban population % 15.0

3 Sex ratio 987

4 0-6 age group % 11.68

5 Population density (Persons per square Km) 481

6 Scheduled caste population % 31.54

7 Scheduled tribe population % 0.23

8 Literacy rate % 71.9

9 Work Participation rate % 49.2

10 Main Workers % 72.37

11 Marginal Workers % 27.63

12 Cultivators % 10.04

13 Agricultural labourers % 51.35

14 Workers in household industries % 1.72

15 Other workers % 36.89

Source:


3.13.1 Population

In 2011, Viluppuram had population of 3,458,873 of which male and female were 1,740,819 and

1,718,054 respectively. In 2001 census, Viluppuram had a population of 2,960,373 of which

males were 1,492,442 and remaining 1,467,931 were females. Viluppuram District population

constituted 4.79 percent of total Maharashtra population. In 2001 census, this figure for

Viluppuram District was at 4.74 percent of Maharashtra population.In terms of population

density, Viluppuram district has recorded 481 persons per square kilometer.

Source: https://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/27-viluppuram.html

3.13.2 Population Density and Sex Ratio

In terms of population density, Viluppuram district has recorded 481 persons per square

kilometer. With regards to Sex Ratio in Viluppuram, it stood at 987 per 1000 male compared to

2001 census figure of 984. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of



Census 2011 Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 941 girls per 1000 boys compared

to figure of 961 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

Source: https://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/27-viluppuram.html

3.13.3 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes

The Scheduled Caste population in Tamil Nadu is 20% and Scheduled Tribe is 1.1% to the total

population. The Scheduled Caste population in the district is higher (29.4%) than the State and

the rural and urban percentages are 31.5% and 17.5% respectively. The Scheduled Tribe

population percentage in the district was 2.2% both in 2001 and 2011.

Source:https://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/33/3306_PART_A_DCHB_VILUPPURAM.

pdf

3.13.4 Education & Literacy

Average literacy rate of Viluppuram in 2011 were 71.88. Male and female literacy were

80.55 and 63.15 respectively. The rural and urban literacy in the district has recorded

significant disparity. The rural literacy was 61% in 2001 which has marginally increased to

69.6% in 2011. While the urban literacy in the district was 80.3% in 2001 and 84.7% in 2011.

The urban literacy in the district has seen significant increase in 2011 census compared to 2001

census.

Source:


Table 3-26 Education Infrastructures in the Viluppuram District

Type of schoolTotal schools Rural Schools

Government Private Government Private

Primary 1357 475 1281 394

Primary + Upper Primary 421 66 399 46

P + UP+ Secondary + Higher Secondary 5 61 3 35

UP only 15 12 15 9

UP + Secondary + Higher Secondary 178 38 150 25

P + UP + Secondary 9 60 5 49

UP + Secondary 190 35 183 25

(Source: District Information Systems on Education (DISE report card 2016-17))



3.13.5 Health Facilities

Primary Health Centers (PHCs) and Health Sub-centers (HSCs) are providing the preventive,

curative and rehabilitative health care services to the rural people. The district has good number

of public health systems accessible and affordable apart from the private health facilities. The

Health Facilities given in Figure 3-27.

Table 3-27Medical Facilities available in Viluppuram District

Facilities As on 1st February 2021

Total Facility Active FacilitiesName oftheDistrict

Type ofFacility

Total[(A+B)

or(C+D)]

Public [A]

Private [B]

Urban [C]

Rural[D]

Total[(A+B)

or(C+D)]

Public [A]

Private[B]

Urban [C]

Rural[D]

Viluppuram SC 557 557 0 0 557 557 557 0 0 557

PHC 93 93 0 5 88 88 88 0 4 84

CHC 24 23 1 1 23 23 22 1 1 22

SDH 12 12 0 7 5 12 12 0 7 5

DH 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1

Total 687 686 1 13 674 681 680 1 12 669(Source: National Health Mission, as on February 1, 2021)

(Note: SC – Sub Center; PHC – Primary Health Center; CHC – Community Health Center; SDH – Sub

District Hospital; DH – District Hospital)

3.13.6 Employment and Livelihood

In 2011 census, the total workers constituted 41.57 % to the total population of the district. The

main workers constituted 72.37%. The marginal workers constituted 27.63% in which female

marginal workers constituted 38.91% and male marginal workers constituted 22.47. The female

marginal workers contributed more when compared to male marginal workers.

Work Participation Rate (WPR) of the district was 49.2%. The WPR during 2011 census was

49.2% where as the WPR for 2001 was 48.8%. So this shows that there is an increase in the

WPR as compared with 2001 to 2011 census. The gap between the male work participation rate

of 58.4% and female work participation rate of 39.9% is more. This implies that the male

contributes more economically productive work than the female in this district.

Source:




3.13.7 Industrial Scenario

Viluppuram is a developing district in the industrial sector. The Sugar industry is the major

industry in the district. There are 4 sugar factories at Mundiyambakkam, Periyasevalai,

Kacharapalayam, Moongilthuraippattu.There are 21 large and medium scale units in the district;

majority of them are located in Viluppuram, Tindivanam and Kallakkurichi taluks. There is no

industrial estate in the district. Only tiny match sheds constructed by SIDCO are located at

Kallakkurichi, Thiyagadurgam and Tirukkoyilur. In the area of small scale industries, there are

74 rice mills, 9 sago factories and 3 cotton ginning mills. Besides this, mineral water, ceramics,

automobile workshop are also running in the district. Work of wood carving spreads over at

Kallakkurichi and Chinna Salem blocks of the district. Name of the important industry in the

district are MadrasVanaspathi, Viluppuram, Rajashree Sugar Mills, Mundiyambakkam, Co-

operative Sugar Mills, Periyasevalai, Co-operative Sugar Mills, Moongilthuraippattu, Co-

operative Sugar Mills, Kacharayapalayamm, Auro Food Ltd, Pulichapallam.

Source:


3.13.8 Social Economic Profile of the study area

The project area comes under the taluk of Vannur talukof Viluppuram District in

Tamilnadu.Table 3-28provides the details on population profile within study area. Table

3-28show the socio-economic indicator within the study area.

Table 3-28 Education Infrastructures in the Tiruvannamalai District

NameNo of

Households

TotalPopulation Person

TotalPopulatio

n Male

TotalPopulation Female

Population in the

agegroup 0-6

Person

Scheduled Castespopulation Person

Scheduled Tribes

population Person

0-5 Km

Viluppuram District-Tindivanam taluk

1 Ariyankuppam 121 546 279 267 65 44 0

2 Endiyur 773 3103 1556 1547 308 0 0

3 Molasur 639 2798 1412 1386 358 1637 0

4 Guruvammapettai 284 1171 594 577 112 403 53

5 Janakipettai 152 640 323 317 70 572 0

6 Perumukkal 779 3320 1674 1646 360 873 101



7 T. Nellalam 323 1467 718 749 156 804 0

8 Kilsiviri 334 1491 759 732 144 535 0

9 Palamukkal 179 852 426 426 87 505 15

10 Elavalapakkam 87 351 174 177 47 242 0

11 Nerkunam (Then) 220 972 505 467 74 424 0

12 Kovadi 555 2303 1182 1121 271 572 0

13 Ommandur 615 2594 1308 1286 285 932 49

14 Annamputhur 324 1480 769 711 155 903 0

15 Varagapattu 105 406 201 205 54 0 246

16 Vengai 264 1346 673 673 201 1212 0

17 Kilsithamur 336 1669 832 837 196 1329 0

Viluppuram District-Vanur taluk

18 Siruvalur (Ten) 369 1589 815 774 163 0 43

19 Adanappattu 439 1929 998 931 228 662 85

20 Parikkalpattu 248 1077 548 529 135 779 0

21 Sirunarur59 290 152 138 26 186 0

22 Murukkam 173 787 395 392 86 422 24

23 Terkunam 630 2602 1279 1323 295 343 71

24 Kilkoothapakkam 300 1242 614 628 149 785 174

25 Kenippattu 201 943 465 478 104 426 0

26 Agaram (Then) 110 518 263 255 59 485 0

27 Ilvampattu 179 743 384 359 89 522 1

28 Kunnam 401 1742 873 869 208 414 9

29 Perumbakkam 501 2357 1199 1158 295 1708 0

30 Eraiyur 740 3257 1656 1601 386 950 0

31 Karasanur 683 2862 1458 1404 341 539 32

32 Semangalam 863 3635 1859 1776 455 1361 52

33 Parangani 773 3393 1684 1709 427 697 203

34 Tollamur 332 1419 731 688 197 916 31

35 Nemili (V) 266 1238 627 611 129 544 0

36 Ponnampundi 132 565 289 276 71 154 0

37 Siruvai 454 1752 886 866 185 813 0

38 Idaiyapattu 181 794 407 387 95 322 0

39 Pombur 961 3994 2004 1990 446 1456 121

40 Elayandapattu 294 1121 565 556 92 63 0

41 Iveli 348 1440 716 724 185 470 0

42 Korakkeni 218 906 489 417 83 361 0

43 Ambuzhukkai 134 558 294 264 65 124 22



44 Tiruvaikkarai 738 3220 1627 1593 417 911 90

45 Sengamedu 234 1063 521 542 125 745 35

46 Kadagampattu 144 601 315 286 58 0 0

47 Kondalamkuppam 96 353 175 178 31 97 0

Viluppuram District- Viluppuram taluk

48 Kodukkur 588 2581 1272 1309 306 1533 0

49 Muttarampattu 401 1730 842 888 200 1300 0

50 Kaliingamalai 115 493 259 234 51 25 0

51 Valudavur 958 4035 2007 2028 470 1372 0

52 Pakkiripalayam 455 1928 971 957 199 16 0

53 Nerkunam 320 1367 663 704 166 938 5

5-10 km


54 Nolambur 865 3523 1746 1777 371 1322 86

55 Kilsevur 274 1075 534 541 78 656 125

56 Senalur 83 378 181 197 56 354 0

57 Veliyanur 281 1267 647 620 129 711 0

58 Kallakolathur 307 1368 709 659 138 785 141

59 Nallamur 308 1214 603 611 136 268 9

60 Kolliyankunam 351 1577 761 816 201 1391 0

61 Mailam 1078 4632 2354 2278 476 666 165

62 Thenkulapakkam 219 1022 523 499 103 529 0

63 Taludali 517 2257 1153 1104 274 301 14

64 Kanniyam 195 919 474 445 94 487 0

65 Tennalapakkam 352 1569 810 759 135 1263 0

66 Kuralur 211 816 416 400 79 257 9

67 Padirapuliyur 925 4202 2115 2087 469 2621 93

68 Athikuppam 111 448 223 225 56 173 0

69 Anganikuppam 102 403 204 199 39 0 0

70 Vidur 1405 5748 2861 2887 729 3122 8

71 Konamangalam 227 907 455 452 106 436 1

72 Ganapathipattu 353 1462 727 735 164 327 0

73 Vittalapuram 449 1985 1013 972 204 1140 9

74 Kattalai 365 1453 723 730 163 3 0

75 Attur 360 1473 746 727 158 602 17

76 Manur 1513 6290 3114 3176 648 1806 5

77 Kilarungunam 177 798 389 409 113 560 33

78 Kulapakkam (Vada) 52 222 115 107 26 204 0

79 Madavantangal 50 153 71 82 21 5 0



80 Endur 413 1848 903 945 188 1438 0

81 Manoor 886 3550 1793 1757 312 625 91

82 Vanniper 616 2537 1283 1254 239 775 54

83 Bramaddesam 728 3254 1636 1618 361 1721 163

84 Ariyantangal 110 453 217 236 54 407 0

85 Chokkantangal 93 387 186 201 37 264 0

86 Nalmukkal 237 940 463 477 91 370 0

87 Iraiyanur 907 3869 1919 1950 418 1192 1

88 Karanavur 282 1165 585 580 97 540 184

89 Kalavay (Then) 427 1748 895 853 199 661 0

90 Peradikuppam (Kil) 103 483 251 232 43 365 0

91 Kiledayalam 762 3455 1762 1693 396 1915 20

Viluppuram District- Vanur taluk

92 Nallavur 786 3326 1692 1634 403 1720 0

93 Kondamur 468 1915 959 956 228 912 0

94 Aruvapakkam 378 1641 825 816 190 838 0

95 Kiliyanur 1464 6334 3181 3153 730 3507 316

96 Tailapuram 1101 4388 2206 2182 508 1404 16

97 Katrambakkam 435 1887 941 946 209 1607 45

98 Olundiyappattu 442 1831 884 947 209 598 167

99 Pulichapallam 1369 6397 3397 3000 667 3055 68

100 Vanur

1190 5161 2649 2512 580 2518 93

101 V. Pudupakkam

596 2441 1208 1233 288 522 0

102 Ottai

407 1704 862 842 220 746 20

103 Akasampattu

355 1528 815 713 149 853 7


104 Tirumangalam

1367 5786 2899 2887 600 1178 15

105 Kurampalaiyam

173 723 362 361 66 163 0

106 Vadanur

604 2689 1293 1396 271 660 0

107 Mathur

577 2382 1152 1230 283 853 34

108 Kalittirambattu

464 1891 985 906 213 460 0

109

Periyababusamudram

1109 4520 2275 2245 489 1266 10

110 Reddikuppam

65 213 105 108 16 0 0



111 Pillaiyarkuppam

167 712 350 362 99 636 63

112 Kayattur

396 1564 802 762 196 414 70

113 Radhapuram

780 3453 1735 1718 361 1238 0

114 Maduraipakkam

1149 4889 2436 2453 582 1724 13

115 Seyyaduvinnan

231 930 480 450 78 240 0

116 Pagandai

523 2232 1091 1141 277 891 0

117 Tennavarayanbattu

251 1151 572 579 130 330 0

118 Mungilpattu

569 2531 1222 1309 309 731 0

Total 54238 231702 116625 115077 25912 92752 3627



(Source: Census 2011)

3.13.9 Employment and livelihood

Economic vibrancy in area is shown by the type and nature of the occupation available in the

area. Of the total working population, the majority is the main workers i.e they have steady job

more than six months per annum. It is due to the industrialization in the area. The job

opportunity is due to the development of Industrial and Service sectors. Table 3-29shows the

classification of workers within the study area.

A walk-through survey was conducted by visiting rural place within the 10 km radius. While

doing so, many interactions with various people like farmers, women, labors, teachers, health

workers, etc. were conducted.

Table 3-29Classification of workers within study area

Sl.No

NameTotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Marginal

Workers

Agriculture Workers HouseholdIndustryWorkers

OtherWorkersCultivators

Agri.Labourers

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

0-5 KmViluppuram District-Tindivanam taluk

1 Ariyankuppam 374 346 28 88 1 192 27 0 0 66 0

2 Endiyur 1536 1186 350 526 14 262 271 13 8 385 57

3 Molasur 1333 1087 246 387 6 482 193 15 18 203 29

4 Guruvammapettai

640 382 258 107 12 132 205 3 1 140 40

5 Janakipettai 334 38 296 4 9 3 271 0 0 31 16

6 Perumukkal 1494 1268 226 268 10 274 53 27 1 699 162

7 T. Nellalam 646 312 334 23 21 195 90 5 13 89 210

8 Kilsiviri 737 30 707 0 10 4 348 1 1 25 348

9 Palamukkal 414 406 8 55 0 226 7 3 0 122 1

10 Elavalapakkam 191 180 11 7 2 6 0 8 0 159 9

11 Nerkunam(Then)

565 565 0 231 0 305 0 7 0 22 0

12 Kovadi 1120 783 337 455 96 251 175 9 1 68 65

13 Ommandur 1265 690 575 328 14 135 323 9 7 218 231

14 Annamputhur 755 708 47 128 4 424 39 5 1 151 3

15 Varagapattu 206 31 175 0 22 0 114 0 2 31 37

16 Vengai 511 507 4 151 1 69 1 0 0 287 2

17 Kilsithamur 816 695 121 194 2 229 26 1 1 271 92

Viluppuram District-Vanur taluk18 Siruvalur (Ten) 987 178 809 45 107 25 442 9 90 99 170



Sl.No

NameTotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Marginal

Workers



Agri.Labourers

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

19 Adanappattu 1165 1145 20 422 4 470 0 45 1 208 15

20 Parikkalpattu 530 529 1 37 0 284 1 0 0 208 0

21 Sirunarur 154 153 1 4 0 146 1 0 0 3 0

22 Murukkam 457 453 4 102 0 265 3 5 0 81 1

23 Terkunam 1103 886 217 161 16 371 160 22 2 332 39

24 Kilkoothapakkam

619 616 3 358 0 154 1 3 0 101 2

25 Kenippattu 545 252 293 14 14 137 231 1 0 100 48

26 Agaram (Then) 294 235 59 106 1 26 55 5 0 98 3

27 Ilvampattu 396 281 115 74 3 53 57 0 0 154 55

28 Kunnam 845 554 291 29 5 65 11 2 0 458 275

29 Perumbakkam 1004 997 7 56 1 542 3 33 2 366 1

30 Eraiyur 1596 957 639 176 56 407 430 18 8 356 145

31 Karasanur 1575 753 822 163 57 99 573 17 8 474 184

32 Semangalam 1936 1354 582 63 27 982 504 23 10 286 41

33 Parangani 1708 1057 651 124 4 452 476 15 14 466 157

34 Tollamur 637 595 42 36 2 367 14 4 2 188 24

35 Nemili (V) 677 456 221 28 3 134 70 30 20 264 128

36 Ponnampundi 298 43 255 15 39 4 206 0 1 24 9

37 Siruvai 912 188 724 2 10 131 696 3 2 52 16

38 Idaiyapattu 485 485 0 303 0 163 0 0 0 19 0

39 Pombur 2220 1541 679 643 14 721 652 23 1 154 12

40 Elayandapattu 674 57 617 7 33 3 546 8 17 39 21

41 Iveli 891 766 125 621 5 89 100 4 1 52 19

42 Korakkeni 482 447 35 195 4 144 23 0 0 108 8

43 Ambuzhukkai 247 183 64 60 1 68 18 2 0 53 45

44 Tiruvaikkarai 1496 992 504 84 5 122 81 35 8 751 410

45 Sengamedu 511 291 220 33 0 171 210 3 2 84 8

46 Kadagampattu 443 53 390 36 322 7 37 0 2 10 29

47 Kondalamkuppam

184 177 7 30 0 106 0 1 1 40 6


48 Kodukkur 1455 947 508 35 3 701 351 7 46 204 108

49 Muttarampattu 1030 942 88 35 3 763 74 7 0 137 11

50 Kaliingamalai 258 128 130 56 4 1 96 3 3 68 27

51 Valudavur 1729 1304 425 177 10 502 331 13 5 612 79

52 Pakkiripalayam 842 330 512 41 17 79 417 2 3 208 75

53 Nerkunam 760 331 429 13 0 196 313 7 4 115 112

5-10 km




Sl.No

NameTotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Marginal

Workers



Agri.Labourers

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

54 Nolambur 1895 1079 816 520 4 406 683 10 2 143 127

55 Kilsevur 659 570 89 348 12 124 42 12 0 86 35

56 Senalur 93 93 0 32 0 51 0 0 0 10 0

57 Veliyanur 488 445 43 81 6 259 13 0 0 105 24

58 Kallakolathur 842 495 347 22 110 426 141 1 79 46 17

59 Nallamur 642 339 303 127 4 108 244 36 51 68 4

60 Kolliyankunam 729 686 43 60 1 385 29 5 1 236 12

61 Mailam 2421 1836 585 318 67 706 277 57 40 755 201

62 Thenkulapakkam

674 245 429 16 14 120 337 4 0 105 78

63 Taludali 1158 634 524 286 48 63 452 23 9 262 15

64 Kanniyam 419 220 199 82 0 30 191 1 1 107 7

65 Tennalapakkam 696 616 80 85 9 319 48 17 5 195 18

66 Kuralur 447 364 83 67 1 221 81 1 0 75 1

67Padirapuliyur

2100 2002 98 358 51472

15 8 14 164 64

68 Athikuppam 205 190 15 32 0 83 14 7 0 68 1

69 Anganikuppam 247 228 19 41 1 160 15 6 2 21 1

70Vidur

2790 2557 233 103 32122

223 30 1 302 6

71 Konamangalam 527 523 4 218 1 234 3 7 0 64 0

72 Ganapathipattu 837 831 6 257 0 476 0 23 1 75 5

73 Vittalapuram 1129 1049 80 247 6 656 62 24 3 122 9

74 Kattalai 728 629 99 356 31 125 23 0 0 148 45

75 Attur 679 608 71 81 1 336 7 10 7 181 56

76Manur

2442 2061 381 321 16 339 138 20 161381

211

77 Kilarungunam 362 361 1 30 0 293 0 0 0 38 1

78 Kulapakkam(Vada)

117 114 3 3 1 80 2 0 0 31 0

79 Madavantangal 91 86 5 25 0 31 4 0 0 30 1

80 Endur 625 584 41 93 1 430 31 1 0 60 9

81Manoor

2171 2144 27 636 51352

10 15 0 141 12

82Vanniper

1655 1275 3801062

45 29 145 9 5 175 185

83 Bramaddesam 1560 1117 443 99 1 658 173 16 9 344 260

84 Ariyantangal 237 32 205 6 4 12 196 2 1 12 4

85 Chokkantangal 233 231 2 12 0 166 1 0 0 53 1



Sl.No

NameTotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Marginal

Workers



Agri.Labourers

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

86 Nalmukkal 365 345 20 79 1 141 10 3 0 122 9

87 Iraiyanur 1609 1244 365 151 7 145 231 5 19 943 108

88 Karanavur 707 584 123 169 0 287 120 1 0 127 3

89 Kalavay (Then) 696 402 294 74 76 146 171 2 4 180 43

90 Peradikuppam(Kil)

284 276 8 229 1 1 0 0 1 46 6

91 Kiledayalam 1868 1221 647 306 89 610 383 15 32 290 143


92Nallavur

1695 1658 37 256 41094

15 11 0 297 18

93 Kondamur 1089 561 528 52 5 235 440 17 13 257 70

94 Aruvapakkam 713 514 199 61 1 120 164 76 1 257 33

95Kiliyanur

2818 2545 273 201 131476

184 43 9 825 67

96 Tailapuram 2473 935 1538 369 64 173 1326 3 24 390 124

97 Katrambakkam 927 892 35 23 0 650 28 6 0 213 7

98 Olundiyappattu 1059 878 181 68 18 557 126 42 3 211 34

99Pulichapallam

3034 2027 1007 146 511262

579 21 35 598 342

100 Vanur

2205 1579 626 280 66 593 345 49 31 657 184

101 V. Pudupakkam

1303 1210 93 276 1 612 57 20 3 302 32

102 Ottai

898 687 211 79 13 359 138 14 7 235 53

103 Akasampattu

795 390 405 27 2 41 340 4 2 318 61


104 Tirumangalam

2923 2437 486 319 101234

380 66 11 818 85

105 Kurampalaiyam

431 431 0 163 0 168 0 2 0 98 0

106 Vadanur

1366 943 423 450 18 207 350 12 9 274 46

107 Mathur

1259 218 1041 12 117 18 738 0 6 188 180

108 Kalittirambattu

894 383 511 108 0 91 419 2 0 182 92

109

Periyababusamudram

2321 1955 366 346 1 988 340 37 3 584 22

11 Reddikuppam 79 76 3 39 0 20 0 0 0 17 3



Sl.No

NameTotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Marginal

Workers



Agri.Labourers

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

Main

Marginal

0

111 Pillaiyarkuppam

440 430 10 1 3 348 0 3 0 78 7

112 Kayattur

689 672 17 151 4 375 7 16 0 130 6

113 Radhapuram

1524 1121 403 128 25 549 193 5 66 439 119

114 Maduraipakkam

2446 2302 144 109 21811

98 15 2 367 42

115 Seyyaduvinnan

628 7 621 1 48 0 372 3 41 3 160

116 Pagandai

1087 1080 7 184 0 673 1 6 4 217 2

117

Tennavarayanbattu

583 150 433 52 34 9 378 4 1 85 20

118 Mungilpattu

1641 1180 461 60 49 891 287 6 8 223 117

Total 116829

85447 313821832

92114

40295

211461310

88925513

7233


3.13.10 Educational infrastructure within study area

Table 3-30Details of Literacy population in the study area

Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

0-5 Km


1 Ariyankuppam

546 380 215 165 166 64 102

2 Endiyur 3103 2092 1202 890 1011 354 657

The district has good primary and secondary education infrastructure in urban and rural areas.

The people around the study area have well connected to educational infrastructures and

the literates population. Details of Literacy population available inthe study area.



Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

3 Molasur 2798 1691 951 740 1107 461 646

4 Guruvammapettai

1171 776 448 328 395 146 249

5 Janakipettai 640 386 238 148 254 85 169

6 Perumukkal 3320 2077 1205 872 1243 469 774

7 T. Nellalam 1467 988 526 462 479 192 287

8 Kilsiviri 1491 916 542 374 575 217 358

9 Palamukkal 852 517 297 220 335 129 206

10 Elavalapakkam

351 192 105 87 159 69 90

11 Nerkunam(Then)

972 730 406 324 242 99 143

12 Kovadi 2303 1502 882 620 801 300 501

13 Ommandur 2594 1461 844 617 1133 464 669

14 Annamputhur 1480 1000 586 414 480 183 297

15 Varagapattu 406 213 132 81 193 69 124

16 Vengai 1346 822 441 381 524 232 292

17 Kilsithamur 1669 1106 617 489 563 215 348


18 Siruvalur(Ten)

1589 1105 644 461 484 171 313

19 Adanappattu 1929 1397 790 607 532 208 324

20 Parikkalpattu 1077 777 422 355 300 126 174

21 Sirunarur 290 147 89 58 143 63 80

22 Murukkam 787 479 266 213 308 129 179

23 Terkunam 2602 1754 980 774 848 299 549

24 Kilkoothapakkam

1242 867 474 393 375 140 235

25 Kenippattu 943 623 340 283 320 125 195

26 Agaram(Then)

518 361 200 161 157 63 94

27 Ilvampattu 743 476 281 195 267 103 164

28 Kunnam 1742 1122 630 492 620 243 377

29 Perumbakkam

2357 1540 878 662 817 321 496

30 Eraiyur 3257 1864 1085 779 1393 571 822

31 Karasanur 2862 1828 1084 744 1034 374 660

32 Semangalam 3635 2331 1348 983 1304 511 793



Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

33 Parangani 3393 2205 1203 1002 1188 481 707

34 Tollamur 1419 826 496 330 593 235 358

35 Nemili (V) 1238 835 471 364 403 156 247

36 Ponnampundi

565 375 214 161 190 75 115

37 Siruvai 1752 1079 608 471 673 278 395

38 Idaiyapattu 794 529 302 227 265 105 160

39 Pombur 3994 2772 1531 1241 1222 473 749

40 Elayandapattu

1121 722 416 306 399 149 250

41 Iveli 1440 898 506 392 542 210 332

42 Korakkeni 906 594 362 232 312 127 185

43 Ambuzhukkai 558 377 224 153 181 70 111

44 Tiruvaikkarai 3220 1904 1052 852 1316 575 741

45 Sengamedu 1063 719 391 328 344 130 214

46 Kadagampattu

601 462 269 193 139 46 93

47 Kondalamkuppam

353 270 144 126 83 31 52

Viluppuram District-Viluppuram taluk

48 Kodukkur 2581 1662 920 742 919 352 567

49 Muttarampattu

1730 1109 589 520 621 253 368

50Kaliingamalai 493 404 220 184 89 39 50

51Valudavur 4035 2656 1439 1217 1379 568 811

52 Pakkiripalayam

1928 1385 780 605 543 191 352

53Nerkunam 1367 914 507 407 453 156 297

5-10 km

Viluppuram District- Tindivanam taluk

54Nolambur 3523 2124 1212 912 1399 534 865

55Kilsevur 1075 681 387 294 394 147 247

56Senalur 378 178 88 90 200 93 107

57Veliyanur 1267 817 452 365 450 195 255

58Kallakolathur 1368 840 491 349 528 218 310



Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

59Nallamur 1214 755 444 311 459 159 300

60 Kolliyankunam

1577 1002 532 470 575 229 346

61Mailam 4632 3207 1765 1442 1425 589 836

62 Thenkulapakkam

1022 713 412 301 309 111 198

63Taludali 2257 1543 879 664 714 274 440

64Kanniyam 919 575 338 237 344 136 208

65 Tennalapakkam

1569 1069 623 446 500 187 313

66 Kuralur 816 513 307 206 303 109 194

67Padirapuliyur 4202 2566 1391 1175 1636 724 912

68Athikuppam 448 278 173 105 170 50 120

69 Anganikuppam

403 262 151 111 141 53 88

70Vidur 5748 3288 1883 1405 2460 978 1482

71 Konamangalam

907 632 354 278 275 101 174

72 Ganapathipattu

1462 964 556 408 498 171 327

73Vittalapuram 1985 1368 761 607 617 252 365

74Kattalai 1453 747 437 310 706 286 420

75Attur 1473 892 505 387 581 241 340

76Manur 6290 4775 2571 2204 1515 543 972

77 Kilarungunam

798 397 236 161 401 153 248

78 Kulapakkam(Vada)

222 124 81 43 98 34 64

79 Madavantangal

153 81 44 37 72 27 45

80Endur 1848 1179 657 522 669 246 423

81Manoor 3550 2181 1237 944 1369 556 813

82Vanniper 2537 1795 1013 782 742 270 472

83 Bramaddesam

3254 2020 1150 870 1234 486 748



Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

84Ariyantangal 453 254 138 116 199 79 120

85 Chokkantangal

387 237 128 109 150 58 92

86Nalmukkal 940 627 348 279 313 115 198

87Iraiyanur 3869 2763 1505 1258 1106 414 692

88Karanavur 1165 693 397 296 472 188 284

89 Kalavay(Then)

1748 1108 667 441 640 228 412

90 Peradikuppam (Kil)

483 347 194 153 136 57 79

91Kiledayalam 3455 2288 1309 979 1167 453 714

Viluppuram District- Vanur taluk

92Nallavur 3326 2064 1172 892 1262 520 742

93Kondamur 1915 1356 750 606 559 209 350

94Aruvapakkam 1641 1067 626 441 574 199 375

95Kiliyanur 6334 4111 2305 1806 2223 876 1347

96Tailapuram 4388 3081 1696 1385 1307 510 797

97 Katrambakkam

1887 1094 625 469 793 316 477

98 Olundiyappattu

1831 1165 623 542 666 261 405

99 Pulichapallam

6397 4552 2674 1878 1845 723 1122

100 Vanur

5161 3705 2067 1638 1456 582 874

101

V.Pudupakkam

2441 1710 935 775 731 273 458

102 Ottai

1704 1082 630 452 622 232 390

103 Akasampattu

1528 1145 662 483 383 153 230

Viluppuram district- Viluppuram taluk

104

Tirumangalam

5786 3954 2239 1715 1832 660 1172

105

Kurampalaiyam

723 453 250 203 270 112 158



Sl.No

NameTotal

Population

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Person

LiteratesPopulation

Male

LiteratesPopulation

Female

IlliteratePersons

Illiterate

Male

Illiterate

Female

106 Vadanur

2689 1824 971 853 865 322 543

107 Mathur

2382 1504 816 688 878 336 542

108

Kalittirambattu

1891 1202 693 509 689 292 397

109

Periyababusamudram

4520 2990 1680 1310 1530 595 935

110

Reddikuppam

213 160 87 73 53 18 35

111

Pillaiyarkuppam

712 326 185 141 386 165 221

112 Kayattur

1564 876 523 353 688 279 409

113 Radhapuram

3453 2282 1273 1009 1171 462 709

114

Maduraipakkam

4889 3088 1739 1349 1801 697 1104

115

Seyyaduvinnan

930 611 368 243 319 112 207

116 Pagandai

2232 1364 757 607 868 334 534

117

Tennavarayanbattu

1151 717 405 312 434 167 267

118 Mungilpattu

2531 1559 854 705 972 368 604

Total 231702 151142 85213 65929 80560 31412 49148

3.13.11 Dwelling within study area

Due to industrialization in nearby area and various Government Schemes, the standard of

dwelling place has improved.

3.13.12 Health facilities within the study area

The majority of people visit nearby Hospitals/health services provided by the Government. The

area has got good public health facilities at easily reachable distances. There was no major

health issues reported in our survey. Even for any minor ailments they contact medical facilities

immediately as it is very accessible to them. The local transport facilities and the communication



facilities are the main reasons to get immediate medical attention. The emergency medical

service facility “108” is very familiar and being used by the people in this area. The incidents of

institutional delivery are high due to awareness, education, economic development, proximity to

health delivery system. The Infant mortality rate and the maternal mortality rate have

significantly reduced.

Table 3-31Health facilities available in the study area

Sl.No Type Study area0-5Km

1. Community health centre 0

2. Primary health centre 2

3. Primary health sub-centre 20

4. Maternity and Child Welfare Centre 2

5. TB hospital/Clinic 2

6. Hospital Allopathic 0

7. Hospital Alternative Medicine 0

8. Dispensary 2

9. Veterinary hospital 4

10. Mobile health clinic 0

11. Family Welfare Centre 2

12. Non Government Medical facilities OutPatient

0

5-10Km13. Community health centre 2

14. Primary health centre 5

15. Primary health sub-centre 30

16. Maternity and Child Welfare Centre 6

17. TB hospital/Clinic 5

18. Hospital Allopathic 0

19. Hospital Alternative Medicine 0

20. Dispensary 5

21. Veterinary hospital 9

22. Mobile health clinic 0

23. Family Welfare Centre 5

24. Non Government Medical facilities OutPatient

8


3.13.13 Industrialization within the study area

The public has mixed responses of industrialization in the area. The people near to the site are

very apprehensive about the developments of industries/estates. The people of villages away



from the site are welcoming the industrialization as it provides job opportunities and good

infrastructure developments.

3.13.14 Summary

The Socioeconomic profile of the study area shows that more than half of people in the study

area work in other sector. They have good educational infrastructures and the people in the

study area are well connected to the educational infrastructures. The average literacy rate of

the study area is 65.23 %. They have sufficient educational infrastructures and the people in

the study area are well connected to the educational infrastructures. The people in the study

area are well connected to Government primary health centres and Primary health sub-centres.

Table 3-32 Summary of Socioeconomic indicators within the study area

S.No Particulars Study Area Unit

0-5Km

1. Number of villages and Town in the Study Area 53 Nos.

2. Total Households 20128 Persons

3. Total Population 86633 Persons

4. Children Population (0-6 Years Old) 9960 Persons

5. SC Population 33426 Persons

6. ST Population 1462 Persons

7. Total Working Population 44082 Persons

8. Main Workers 29870 Persons

9. Marginal Workers 14212 Persons

10. Cultivators 8330 Persons

11. Agricultural Labourers 21465 Persons

12. Household Industries 763 Persons

13. Other Workers 13524 Persons

14. Literates population 56217 Persons

15. Illiterates population 30416 Persons

5-10Km

16. Number of villages and Town in the Study Area 65 Nos.

17. Total Households 34110 Persons

18. Total Population 145069 Persons

19. Children Population (0-6 Years Old) 15952 Persons

20. SC Population 59326 Persons

21. ST Population 2165 Persons

22. Total Working Population 72747 Persons

23. Main Workers 55577 Persons

24. Marginal Workers 17170 Persons



25. Cultivators 12113 Persons

26. Agricultural Labourers 39976 Persons

27. Household Industries 1436 Persons

28. Other Workers 19222 Persons

29. Literates population 94925 Persons

30. Illiterates population 50144 Persons(Source: Census 2011)


HECS/Santhoshbluemetals/07.09.2021/1(a)/B1/EC /R0

Page 196 of 259

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

Introduction

The impacts due to mining operation and its mitigation measures adopted are

detailed in this chapter. In general, the opencast mining operations cause environmental

problems such as degradation of land, deteriorating air, water and soil quality, affecting the

biological and socio-economicenvironment of the area, if adequate control measures are not

taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may cause

irreversible damage to the eco-system.

The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, approach roads, haul

roads, blasting, excavation and handling & transportation of materials. If adequate control

measures are not taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these

operations may cause environmental degradation and lead to irreversible damage to the

ecosystem. Various environmental impacts, which have been identified due to the mining

operations proposed project, are discussed in the following sections. The environmental

parameters most commonly affected by mining activities are:

Air quality including Climate

Noise levels and ground vibrations

Water resources and quality

Land use Pattern

Soil quality

Flora and Fauna

Socio-Economic conditions

Occupational Health

4.1 Land Environment

The total extent of lease area is 2.06.0Ha. The Land is classified as a Patta Land.

The lease area exhibits plain terrain andaltitude of the area is about~94m maximum from the

MSL. Quarry lease was granted over an extent of 2.06.0Ha. In SF. No. 8/1B & 8/2,Thollamur

village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State. Lease documents are enclosed

as Annexure-4. The land use pattern is given in Table 4-1.



Page 197 of 259

4.1.1 Land Degradation

The impact on land pattern in the area has been and will be due to the following:

Land degradation due to disposal of large volume of waste materials.

Creation of infrastructural facilities like office, rest shelter, first-aid centre and other

service facilities.

Exposure of topsoil to wind and water erosion.

Table 4-1Land Use Pattern of the lease area





3 Roads Nil 0.02.00

4 Unutilized 2.06.0 0.31.00


Total 2.06.0 2.06.00

4.1.2 Mitigation Measures

Dust suppression on exposed areas using water tankers.

Contour overburden dump to minimize erosion.

Plantation around service building, along road, in and around safety zone using

native plant sapling.

Compliance with mine decommissioning plan.

The following precautions will be taken to reduce the risk of dump failure:

The deeper working pits, after completion of mining /quarrying left as it is which

would serve as water ponds/water reservoirs.

The quarried pits after the end of the life of lease will be fenced to prevent

inherent entry of public and cattle�s.

Management plan for topsoil utilization and conservation.

4.2 Air Environment

The main source of air pollution is from open cast mining activities is dust generation

from excavation of rough stone, movement of vehicles for transportation of product to

consumers, drilling, loading and unloading operation and wind erosion of dumps and also

gaseous emission due to operation of diesel driven mining equipment. The sources of air

emission are detailed below in Table 4-2.



Page 198 of 259

Table 4-2Sources of air pollution at quarry

S. No Source of emission Pollutant1. Excavation of Rough stone PM

2. Operation of diesel driven equipment Gaseous emission

3. Transportation of product PM

The major air pollution sources from the mining operations are mining activities like

drilling, and transportation. The emissions mainly generated from the mining activities are

Blasting, Drilling, Excavation, Loading, Unloading, and transportation etc. Machinery like

compressors and jack hammers are used for Drilling.

4.2.1 Mitigation measures

Use of dust aprons on drilling equipment and adopting wet drilling methods.

Delay blasting under unfavorable wind and atmospheric conditions

The production of blast fumes containing noxious gases will be reduced by the following

methods:

Use of adequate booster/primer.

Proper stemming of the blast hole.

Development of greenbelt.

Table 4-3Fugitive dust control in mine

S. No Activities Best practices

1 Drilling Drills should beprovided with dust extractors (dry or wet system)

2 Blasting Water spray before blasting Water spray on blasted material prior to transportation Use of control blasting technique

3Transportationof minedmaterial

Covering of the trucks/dumpers to avoid spillage Compacted haul road Speed control on vehicles Development of a green belt of suitable width on both sides of road,

which acts as wind break and traps fugitive dust

Table 4-4Dust control measures in quarry

S. No Operation or source Control options

1 Drilling Liquid injection (water or water plus a wetting agent) Capturing and venting emissions to a control device.

2 Blasting Water spray before blasting Water spray on blasted material prior to transportation Use of control blasting technique

3 Loading Water spray

4 Hauling Water spray, treatment with surface agents, soil stabilization,



Page 199 of 259

(emissions from roads) paving, traffic control.

4.2.2 Meteorological Data

Data included for AERMET were daily wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative

humidity, air pressure, precipitation, and solar radiation recorded during the period. AERMET

reformats meteorological data so that it can be used as input for AERMOD model.

Meteorology considered for modelling is shown below.

Figure 4-1Wind rose diagram considered for dispersion modeling (June to Aug 2021)

Source: IEM

4.2.3 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of the land

use in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for modelling. The land use

was characterized for in and around the site. The surface characteristics for the site and



Page 200 of 259

surroundings were selected and used to calculate the Albedo, Bowen ratio and surface

roughness parameter.

The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow

pattern & to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a

prescribed format that can be fed to AERMOD for modelling.

4.2.4 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.5 was used for air dispersion modelling and is

applicable to a wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 50 km.

In addition to more straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and

urban dispersion scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it

assumes the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In

the convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be

Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density

function (pdf). This behaviour of the concentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated

by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats

“plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to

and remains near the top of the boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL.

AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and

then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both the

CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion resulting from

plume meander.

Maximum incremental values of 24 hourly average values for TSPM, PM10, PM2.5

Sox and NOXare shown in Figure 4-2 to Figure 4-6. Top 10 highest Ground Level

Concentration (GLC) for TSPM, PM10, PM2.5, Sox and NOX obtained from modelling are

given in Table 4-10 to Table 4-14 respectively.

4.2.4.1 Emission Calculations

Each mining activities is a source of emission and the estimation of emissions

depends on parameters such as meteorological, topographic conditions and material

characteristics. The emission factors for PM2.5, which is particulate matter of 2.5µm or less in

diameter, were not available in literature. Thus, PM2.5 emissions have been calculated



Page 201 of 259

considering an assumption that 60% for PM10 emissions contribute to PM2.5. Similar

assumption was considered for TSPM emissions, taken as 500% of PM10 emissions, as is

general practice.

The mining operation avails an air compressor of air discharge pressure 400psi,

calculated to consume 250kW per hour of operation (approximately). An equivalent capacity

Diesel Generator has been considered for emission calculations given inTable 4.5.

4.2.4.2 Mining Operational data

Table 4-5Overview of the Source Parameters

S. NO Description Symbol Quantity1 Moisture Content (%) M 6

2 Silt Content (%) s 7

3 Wind Speed (m/s) u 3.34

4 Hole Dia (mm) d 32

7 Production / Day (m3) 253

8 Density of Rough stone Produce (kg/m3) 2700

9 No. of vehicles with categorization 4 no. HW1 no. 4W

10 Average Vehicle Speed (mph) S 15.534

11 Weight of fully loaded truck (tons) W 22

12 Number of Tippers per day 68

13 Distance travelled after loading per tipper per day (km) VKT 0.4

14 No of Working Days in Year 260

15 Working Hours per day (hrs) 8

16 Top Soil excavation time per day (hrs) 2

17 Open Pit Area (Sq.km) Aa 0.0157

18Control Efficiency during Drilling, Loading/Unloading, ExcavationOperations (%)

ŋ 95%

19 Vehicle Traffic in Haul road (Vehicles/Hour) 9

20 Average time between spray application (hours) t 1

21 Spray Application rate (litres/ m2) k 1.5

22 Evaporation rate of sprayed water (mm/hr) p 1



Page 202 of 259

4.2.4.3 Emission Factors

Activity Uncontrolled Emissions Factor Reference

Top soil excavation Activities:1. Bulldozing2. Loading3. Unloading4. Transportation

Jose I. Huertas &Dumar A.

Camacho & Maria E. Huertas,

Standardized emissions

inventory methodology for

open-pit mining areas, Environ

Sci Pollut Res,2012.

Wet Drilling for rough stone 8.00E-05 lbsPM10 /ton EPA. August, 2004. Section

11.19.2, Crushed Stone

Processing and Pulverized

Mineral Processing. In:

Compilation of Air Pollutant

Emission Factors, Volume 1:

Stationary Point and Area

Sources, Fifth Edition, AP-42.

U.S. Environmental Protection

Agency, Office of Air Quality

Planning and Standards.

Research Triangle Park, North

Carolina.

Loading 1.00E-04 lbsPM10 /ton

Unloading 1.60E-05 lbsPM10 /ton

Haulage 6.2 lbs PM10 / Mile Tipper

Vehicle - Automotive Research

Association of India (ARAI)

Note:

The Heavy duty vehicle battery energy consumption is assumed as 1 kwh/km

4.2.4.4 Emission dispersion models

Each mining activities is a source of emission and the estimation of emissions depends on

parameters such as meteorological, topographic conditions and material characteristics. The

emission factors for PM2.5, which is particulate matter of 2.5µm or less in diameter, were not

available in literature. Thus, PM2.5 emissions have been calculated considering an

assumption that 60% for PM10 emissions contribute to PM2.5. Similar assumption was



Page 203 of 259

considered for TSPM emissions, taken as 500% of PM10 emissions, as is general

practice.The mining operation avails an air compressor of air discharge pressure 400psi,

calculated to consume 250kW per hour of operation (approximately). An equivalent capacity

Diesel Generator has been considered for emission calculations.

Table 4-6Stack emission details

SourceFuelused

Stack Details Emissions (g/s)

No ofStack

Height(m) AGL

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

250 KW

Hr DG Die

sel

1 3 0.3 180 103.10E-

02

1.86E-

02

2.87E-

02

4.35E-

01

Table 4-7Vehicular Sources Emission details

SourceEmission (g/s)

PM10 PM2.5 NOX

4 Wheeler (1 no.) 1.39E-04 8.33E-05 1.39E-03

Heavy Duty Vehicles(4 no.)

4.44E-04 2.67E-04 7.78E-02

Total 5.83E-04 3.50E-04 7.92E-02

Table 4-8Controlled Emissions considered for mining

ActivitiesTSPM Emission rate

(g/s)PM10 Emission rate

(g/s)PM2.5 Emission rate

(g/s)Top Soil Excavation 1.02E-01 2.05E-02 1.23E-02

Wet Drilling 1.44E-03 2.87E-04 1.72E-04

Haulage 1.33E-01 2.65E-02 1.59E-02

Loading 1.79E-03 3.59E-04 2.15E-04

Unloading 2.87E-04 5.74E-05 3.44E-05

Total (g/s) 2.39E-01 4.77E-02 2.86E-02

Table 4-9Emission considered for GLC

ActivitiesTSPM

Emissionrate (g/s)

PM10

Emissionrate (g/s)

PM2.5

Emissionrate (g/s)

SO2

Emissionrate (g/s)

NOX

Emissionrate (g/s)

Point Source

250 KW Hr DG - 3.10E-02 1.86E-02 2.87E-02 4.35E-01

Sub Total (g/s) - 3.10E-02 1.86E-02 2.87E-02 4.35E-01

Area Source

Top Soil Excavation 1.02E-01 2.05E-02 1.23E-02 - -

Wet Drilling 1.44E-03 2.87E-04 1.72E-04 - -



Page 204 of 259

Loading 1.79E-03 3.59E-04 2.15E-04 - -

Unloading 2.87E-04 5.74E-05 3.44E-05 - -

Sub Total (g/s) 1.06E-01 2.12E-02 1.27E-02 - -

Line Source

Haulage 1.33E-01 2.65E-02 1.59E-02 - -

4 Wheeler (1 no.) - 1.39E-04 8.33E-05 - 1.39E-03

Heavy Duty Vehicles( 4 no.) - 4.44E-04 2.67E-04 - 7.78E-02

Sub Total (g/s) 1.33E-01 2.71E-02 1.63E-02 - 7.92E-02

Figure 4-2Predicted 24 Hrs GLC�s of Particulate Matter TSPM within 10km radius of

the study area



Page 205 of 259

Table 4-10 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations TSPM

S.NOUTM coordinates (m)

Conc.(µg/m3)

Distance fromCentre of theproject (km)

Direction fromproject CentreE N

1. 355699 1333491 205.2152 Project Site Project Site

2. 355699 1334491 9.11511 1 N

3. 354699 1334491 7.41465 1.41 NW

4. 355699 1335491 3.92531 2 N

5. 356699 1333491 3.719 1 E

6. 354699 1332491 3.43906 1.41 SW

7. 353699 1335491 2.90412 2.82 NW

8. 354699 1333491 2.71695 1 W

9. 355699 1336491 2.32773 3 N

10. 357699 1332491 1.913 2.24 ESE

Figure 4-3Predicted 24 Hrs GLC�s of PM10 within 10km radius of the study area



Page 206 of 259

Table 4-11Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter PM10

S.NO

UTM coordinates (m)Conc.

(µg/m3)

Distance fromCentre of the

project Site (km)

Direction fromproject Site

CentreE N


2. 355699 1334491 2.00816 1 N

3. 354699 1334491 1.65172 1.41 NW

4. 355699 1335491 0.91915 2 N

5. 356699 1333491 0.90798 1 E

6. 354699 1332491 0.70128 1.41 SW

7. 353699 1335491 0.68044 2.82 NW

8. 354699 1333491 0.57633 1 W

9. 355699 1336491 0.56425 3 N

10. 357699 1332491 0.5407 2.24 ESE



Page 207 of 259

Figure 4-4Predicted 24-Hrs GLC of Particulate matter PM2.5 within 10 km radius of the

study area

Table 4-12Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Particulate Matter PM2.5

S.NOUTM coordinates (m)

Conc.(µg/m3)


project Site (km)


CentreE N


2. 355699 1334491 1.20469 1 N

3. 354699 1334491 0.9912 1.41 NW

4. 355699 1335491 0.5516 2 N

5. 356699 1333491 0.54479 1 E



Page 208 of 259

6. 354699 1332491 0.42102 1.41 SW

7. 353699 1335491 0.40841 2.82 NW

8. 354699 1333491 0.34532 1 W

9. 355699 1336491 0.3387 3 N

10. 357699 1332491 0.32447 2.24 ESE

Figure 4-5Predicted 24-Hrs� GLC�s of SO2within 10 km Radius of the Study Area



Page 209 of 259

Table 4-13 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulphur Dioxide

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)


project Site (km)


CentreE N


2. 355699 1334491 0.1601 1 N

3. 356699 1333491 0.14683 1 E

4. 354699 1334491 0.14479 1.41 NW

5. 357699 1332491 0.14335 2.24 ESE

6. 356699 1334491 0.11984 1.41 NE

7. 355699 1335491 0.11789 2 N

8. 357699 1333491 0.0954 2 E

9. 353699 1335491 0.08713 2.82 NW

10. 355699 1336491 0.0871 3 N



Page 210 of 259

Figure 4-6Predicted 24-Hrs� GLC�s of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-14 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentrations Nitrogen Oxide

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)


project Site (km)


CentreE N


2. 355699 1334491 4.36134 1 N

3. 354699 1334491 4.15964 1.41 NW

4. 356699 1333491 3.11014 1 E

5. 355699 1335491 2.85671 2 N

6. 357699 1332491 2.68878 2.24 ESE

7. 353699 1335491 2.19197 2.82 NW

8. 355699 1336491 2.05172 3 N

9. 356699 1334491 2.00025 1.41 NE

10. 357699 1333491 1.87888 2 E



Page 211 of 259

4.2.5 Conclusion

The total increase in concentrations above baseline status to estimate the

percentage increase is summarized inTable 4-15.

Table 4-15Total maximum GLCs from emissions

Pollutant

Max.Average

Base LineConc.

(µg/m3)

EstimatedIncremental

Conc. (µg/m3)Total Conc. (µg/m3)

NAAQstandard

% contribution ofconcentration above

Base line

TSPM 138 205 343 500 148.55

PM10 55 42 97 100 76.36

PM2.5 30 25 55 60 83.33

SO2 13 2 15 80 15.38

NOX 23 27 50 80 117.39

Note: It is observed that maximum estimated incremental concentration is within the mining area (Project

premises).

4.2.6 Impacts due to Transportation

The entire product of Rough stone is transported to consumer directly as per buyer�s

requirement. The Rough stone will be transported through existing road by tippers. This

minimum trip does not create impact on existing transportation.

4.2.7 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation

The vehicular movement for the proposed project is given inTable 4-16

Table 4-16 Existing & proposed vehicular movement per Hour (Peak Hour)-SH-136

S.No

Type ofVehicle

Existingvehicles

ExistingPCU

Proposed

vehicles

Proposed

PCU

Totalvehicles after

projectimplementati

on

PCUFactorsIRC (SP

41)

Total PCUafter projectimplementat

ion

1 2 wheeler 102 76.5 4 3 106 0.75 79.5

2 3 wheelers 21 25.2 2 4 23 2 46

34 wheelers/

cars46 46 1 1 47 1 47

4 truck/Lorry 19 41.8 2 7.4 21 2.2 46.2

5agricultural

tractor15 60 1 4 16 4 64

6 light 14 19.6 1 1.4 15 1.4 21



Page 212 of 259

S.No

Type ofVehicle

Existingvehicles

ExistingPCU

Proposed

vehicles

Proposed

PCU

Totalvehicles after

projectimplementati

on

PCUFactorsIRC (SP

41)

Total PCUafter projectimplementat

ion

emissionvehicle

Total 217 11 228 303.7

Table 4-17Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

*LOS (Level of Service) categories are A-Free Flow, B- Reasonably Free Flow, C-

Stable Flow, D-Approaching unstable flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow

Due to proposed project, there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the

Level Of Service (LOS) anticipated will be Free Flow.

4.2.7.1 Mitigation Measures

The increment in the dust emissions will be mainly due to transportation activity.

Therefore, emissions due to mineral handling during mining operation are not much and

restricted to the lease area only.Proper mitigation measures are practiced during mining

activities to control air pollution load below the prescribed limits are as follows:

Regular water sprinkling on haul and access roads.

Provision of green belt for trapping dust.

Greenbelt development along the haul roads, dumps and along the boundaries of

the lease area.

Utmost care will be taken to prevent spillage of sand and stone from the trucks.

For theRoad

Volume ofTraffic

Volume(V)

RoadCapacity

(C)V/C Ratio

LOSCategory*

TrafficClassification

Existing 217269.100

3000 0.090 ‘A’ Free Flow Traffic

Afterimplementation

228 303.7 3000 0.097‘A’ Free Flow Traffic



Page 213 of 259

4.3 Water Environment

The water environment quality has been studied and the study results are discussed in

Section 3.9 of Chapter-III, which show that generally the water quality in the area is well

within statutory standards.

The major sources of water pollution due to this quarry operation will be as below:

Domestic sewage from the mining activity.

Deterioration in surface / ground water quality of receiving body.

Changes to hydraulic regime.

Figure 4-7Water balance Chart

4.3.1 Wastewater Generation

There is no process effluent generation. The negligible quantity of domestic sewage

of 0.45KLD is disposed through septic tank.

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures

4.3.2.1 Surface Water Pollution Control Measures

Construction of garland drains of suitable size around mine area and dumps to prevent

rain water descent into active mine areas.

During monsoon season, the rain water is being collected by natural slope of area to

water fed tank of the mine and it will be utilized for dust suppression and greenbelt

development.

Retaining walls of adequate dimensions will be provided at the top of dumps and the

unstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of

material from benches. This will help in preventing silting of water drains/channels

The water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided with

baffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids, if any, present in this water



Page 214 of 259

The worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass species on

the slopes.

The mine water will be regularly tested for presence of any undesirable elements and

appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding the limits

prescribed by CPCB.

4.3.2.2 Ground Water Pollution Control Measures


Regular monitoring of water levels and quality in the existing open wells and bore well in

the vicinity will be carried out.

4.3.3 Rain Water Harvesting

The rainwater is being diverted towards the middle of the mine to prevent water entering

the mine working. The rainwater flows will also contain fines both from surface and waste

dumps during seasonal flows. As such, it is being proposed to have structures in such a

way to act as settling pond and also for rainwater harvesting.

Construct barriers at suitable intervals along the path of the drains.

Provide necessary overflow arrangement to maintain the natural drainage system.

4.3.4 Drainage pattern and Hydrogeology

Catchment area inside the mine will be affected.

4.3.4.1 Mitigation measures

The study has recommended new alignment in line with upstream drainage slope of the

area to facilitate smooth entry of water into the diversion channel and ultimate discharge

of water into the original stream. No reduction in surface run-off is envisaged.

4.4 Impact of Noise / Vibrations & Mitigation Measures

4.4.1 Impact of Noise on Working Environment

The main sources of noise in the mine are as follows:

Transportation vehicles

Loading & unloading of minerals.

Drilling and blasting.

4.4.2 Noise due to Drilling and Transportation

The noise levels in the working environment will be maintained within the standards

prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). These standards



Page 215 of 259

were established with the emphasis on reducing the hearing loss. The permissible limits, as

laid down by OSHA, are presented in Table 4.18

Table 4-18Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise (OSHA, Govt. of India)

S. No Sound Level dB(A) Continuous Duration (Hours)

1 85 8

2 88 43 91 2

4 94 15 97 0.5

6 100 0.25

4.4.3 Noise Due to Blasting

Blasting activities are involved in this Quarry as green belt will be developed around

the mine which restricts the propagation of noise. The mainsource of noise in quarrying is

due to usage of machinery like excavators, mining tippers and compressors and diesel

generators.

Following mitigation measures should be taken to control noise pollution:

Wherever the noise levels exceed 85 dB (A), workers should be provided with

earmuffs, ear plugs etc.

All vehicles and machinery will be properly lubricated and maintained regularly.

Speed of the Vehicles entering and leaving the quarrying lease will be limited to 25

kmph.

Unnecessary use of horns by the drivers of the vehicles shall be avoided.

4.4.3.1 Noise Modelling

Software – CUSTIC 3.2 English

Ambient Data:

Terrain:

1. Temperature – 25°C2. Relative Humidity – 70%

Source of Noise Modelling:

For modelling purpose three cases was assumed,

Case 1- Excavation and loading activity is considered



Page 216 of 259

Case 2- Drilling activity is considered

Case 3 – Blasting activity is considered

Table 4-19 - Source of Noise Modelling – Excavation Activity (Case-1)

S.No Equipment Noise Level Unit dB(A)

1 Excavator 85 dB(A)

2 Tractor 84 dB(A)

3 Jack hammer 1 89 dB(A)

4 Jack hammer 2 89 dB(A)

5 Compressor 80 dB(A)

6 Truck 2 90 dB(A)

7 Truck 3 90 dB(A)

Source:

https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/Environment/noise/construction_noise/handbook/handbook09.cfm

Table 4-20- Source of Noise Modelling – Drilling Activity (Case-2)

Sl. No Mining Activity Noise Level Unit

1 Drilling 85 dB(A)

Source:


Table 4-21- Source of Noise Modelling – Blasting Activity (Case-3)

Sl. No Mining Activity Noise Level Unit

1 Blasting 94 dB(A)

Source:


Receptor:

Noise contours are generated based on receptors at 1.5m height above ground.

Grid size - 200



Page 217 of 259

Figure 4-8- Excavation Activity (Case-1)

Figure 4-9- Drilling Activity (Case-2)



Page 218 of 259

Figure 4-10- Blasting Activity (Case-3)

Summary:

The Noise level ranges within the limit for the proposed Mining activity. The noise range for

various mining activities within the site, at the site boundary and within 1km radius are given

in theTable 4-22.

Table 4-22 - Summary

Mining

Activities

Within the site

dB (A)

Site boundary

dB (A)

Within 1Km

dB (A)

Noise Standard

(Industrial - Day)

dB (A)

Excavation &

loading53.93 43.14 32.36 75

Drilling 60.60 50.50 40.40 75

Blasting 68.30 56.91 45.53 75

4.4.3.2 Mitigate Measures

Controlled blasting withproperspacing, burden and stemmingwillbemaintained

Minimumquantityofdetonatingfusewillbeconsumedbyusing alternatively Excel non-

electrical initiation system.



Page 219 of 259

The blasting will be carried out during favourable atmospheric condition and less

human activity timings.

The prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained.

Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines.

Proper designing of plant & machinery by providing inbuilt mechanism like

silencers, mufflers and enclosures for noise generating parts and shock absorbing

pads at the foundation of vibrating equipment.

Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to

the operators.

4.4.4 Impact of Vibration

Blasting activities are involved in Rough stone Quarry operations. The vibration

during the moment of machinery will be minimal for a short span that will be well within the

prescribed limits. Proposed peripheral green belt is being developed in 7.5m safety zone

around the quarry. This will mitigate the Vibration.


Proper quantity of explosive, suitable stemming materials and appropriate delay

system are to be adopted for safe blasting.

Safe blasting zones are kept around the periphery of the quarry.

Overcharging will be avoided. The charge per delay will be minimized and

preferably more number of delays will be used per blasts.

4.5 Impact on Human Settlement

There are no monuments or places of worships in mine area. Ground vibration and

noise pollution is being maintained minimal and confined to the mine area. The quality of

water both surface and ground water is good and all parameters of drinking water are as per

IS standards. Water quality analysis will be carried out at periodical intervals during post

project monitoring.

The PM, NO2 and SO2 have been observed to be below the prescribed limit. Noise

levels have also been found to be below the permissible limits at all the locations. Further,

the noise generated in the lease area will get attenuated due to plantation and green belt all

around the lease area. As preventive measures, greenbelt development around the mine

lease area will be further strengthening for control of air emission to environment. All the



Page 220 of 259

employees when inducted will be medically examined. Further, they will also be medically

examined at periodical interval.

4.6 Biological Environment

4.6.1 Mining activities and their impact on biodiversity

Table 4-23 Impacts on Biodiversity

S. No Activity Examples of aspects Examples of biodiversity impact

1 Extraction Land clearingLoss of habitat, introduction of plantdiseases, Siltation of water courses

2Blasting, Diggingand hauling

Dust, noise ,vibration, waterpollution

Disruption of water courses ,impactsonaquatic ecosystems due to changes inhydrology and water quality

3 Waste dumpingClearing, water and soilpollution

Loss of habitat, soil and watercontamination, sedimentation.

4 Air emissions Air pollution Loss of habitat or species

5 Waste disposal Oil and water pollutionEncouragement of pests, diseasetransfer, contamination of groundwater andsoil

6 Building power lines Land clearing Loss or fragmentation of habitat

7Provision ofaccommodation

Land clearing, soil and waterpollution, waste generation

Loss of habitat, sewage disposal anddisease impacts

8 Access roads Land clearingHabitat loss or fragmentation, water loggingupslope and drainage shadows down slope

9 Population growthLand clearing or increasedhunting

Loss of habitat or species, stress on localand regional resources, pest introduction,clearing

10Water supply(potableor industrial)

Water abstraction or minedewatering

Loss or changes in habitat or speciescomposition

4.6.2 Existing Biological Scenario

There will not be any adverse impact due to mining operations in this lease since only

small production is involved from this lease and there will not be any major polluting

source from the mining operations. Besides, all necessary mitigation measures will be

implemented.



Page 221 of 259

There is no perennial water body near the site and there will be no discharge of effluent

from the mine.

In the Quarry area or its proximate areas there is no wetland and the natural flow of

water not available.

There is no rare or endangered species.

There are no wild animals in the area. In the post mining stage, proper fencing will be

carried in the mined out area to prevent fall of animals in the mine pits.

There areno any wetlands, fish breeding grounds, marine ecology nearby the quarry

area, which will be affected due to this project.

No such significantly important medicinal value species within both the ML areas and its

nearby region.

There are no any wetlands, fish breeding grounds, marine ecology nearby the quarry

area, which will be affected due to this project.


To reduce the adverse effects on flora/fauna status that are found in project area due

to deposition of dust generating from mining operations, water sprinkling and water spraying

systems will be ensured in all dust prone areas to arrest dust generation.

4.6.3 Flora and Fauna

Activities of Mine development and operations & transportation to end users will

cause the following impacts on flora and fauna.

4.6.3.1 Impact

Plantation will be developed in the undevelopment area as per plantation

programme. These activities will help to improve the floral cover of the area. The greenery

and plantation development will eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc in the area.

Assistance will be taken from local forest department in selection of species of plants so that

green coverage may improve fast. The varieties would include those plants, which are

suitable to the area. The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB

guidelines: Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Albizza lebbek, Butea monosperma,Cassia

fistula, Delbergiasisso, Delonix regia, Ficus benghalensis, Prosopis cineraria, Tectona

grandis, Wrightia tinctoria etc.

4.6.3.2 Impacts of Fauna

The quarry area is in non-forest land where presence of fauna is very rare. As such, there

will be no adverse impact of the plant unit activity on fauna around the plant unit area. A



Page 222 of 259

comprehensive Central Legislation Namely Wild Life (Protection) Act was enforced in 1972

to provide protection to wild animals. Schedule-I of this act contains the list of rare and

endangered species, which are completely protected throughout the country.

4.6.3.3 Mitigation measures

Education and training etc.

Logistic support in the form of equipment, Vehicles etc as required by the

implementing DFO will be extended.

The objectives of the green belt cover will cover the following

Noise abatement

Reuse of wastewater to the extent possible

Prevention of soil erosion

Ecological restoration

Aesthetic, biological and visual improvement of area due to improved vegetative and

plantation covers.

Green belt around mine, dumps, etc:

o Tall growing, closely spaced, evergreen trees native to the area

o Easy, quick early growth and establishment

o Uniform spreading of crown habit.

o Timber trees having long gestation period.

o Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area

o Attractive appearance with both good flowering and fruit bearing.

o Bird and insect attracting species

o Suitable green cover with minimal maintenance

Avenue Trees:

o Trees with conical canopy and with attractive flowering

o Trees with medium spreading branches to avoid obstruction to the traffic

o Trees with branching at 10feet and above.

4.7 Green Belt Development

The green belt plantation programme will be continued till the end of the mining

operation in the area. In framing out this programme on a sustainable and scientific base,

due consultation and coordination with the forest department will be sought.

An area of 0.15.00hectare land was alloted for greenbelt development during 5 years

of mining plan, proposed to plant 25 No�s of trees per year and Rs. 30,000/- will spend for

proposed greenbelt development and maintenance.



Page 223 of 259

Plants are chosen to provide aesthetic, ecological and economical value. Trees will

help to arrest propagation of noise and help to lessen dust pollution due to dust arresting

action. The plantation will be developed around 7.5m safety zone of the quarry. The soil

dumps, are planted to prevent erosion and for stabilization of the soil. Plants are chosen to

provide aesthetic, ecological and economical value. Trees will help to arrest propagation of

noise and help to lessen dust pollution due to dust arresting action.

4.7.1 Impacts on Occupational Health due to project operations

Anticipated occupational illness sequel to mining activities involved in the project.

Occupational health problems due todust&noise and Occupational illness by quarry activities

as follows;

Dust related pneumonia

Tuberculosis

Rheumatic arthritis

Segmental vibration

4.7.1.1 Mitigate Measures for Occupational Health

Adoption of dust suppression measures like spraying water, use of drill with dust

collection system or wet drills etc.

Plantation.

Avoid blasting during unfavorable wind & atmospheric conditions.

Use of personal protective equipment. Compliance with DGMS circulars.

Emergency response plan that includes installation of emergencyresponse

equipment to combat events such as fire.

All personnel required to handle hazardous materials will be provided with personal

protective equipment suitable for the hazardous material being handled.

On-site first aid facilities will be provided and employees will be extended to the

local community in emergencies.

Table 4-24Mitigation for occupational health and safety

S. No Activity Mitigation measures

1 Excavation Planned excavation, avoid haphazard mining

2Drilling andblasting

In addition, the operators and other workers should be provided withmasks, helmets, gloves and earplugs.



Page 224 of 259

3 Safety zone

Provisions for a buffer zone between the local habitation and the minelease in the form of a green belt of suitable width.

Restricted entry, use of sirens and cordoning of the lasting area aresome of the good practices to avoid accidents.

4Overburdenstabilization

Accidents are known to happen due to overburden collapse. Therefore, slope stabilization and dump stability are critical issues for

safety and environment.

5Worker’s healthsurveillance

Health survey programmes for workers and local community. Regular training and awareness of employees to be conducted to

meet health and safety objectives.

4.7.1.2 Mitigate Measures for Safety Aspects

Water sprinkling on haul roads and dumping yards, etc.

Green belt creation wherever possible to arrest dust and reduce noise propagation.

All staff and workers will be provided with PPE to guard against excess noise levels

Provision of safety Helmets, goggles, safety boots,ear muffs, gas masks, etc.

To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining, vocational training, etc.

Organization of safety contests and safety campaigns regularly to update

knowledge of safe operational procedures, etc.

Observation and compliance of all precautions, control measures and stipulations on

above lines will ensure that in this project, health and safety problems will be

minimal.

4.8 Impacts on Social Environment

Since the entire lease area of the project has no habitations or hutments inthe core

zone area, norehabilitation or resettlement problems are involved. By adopting various

mitigation measures as explained earlier, the environmental scenario in respect of ambient

air quality, water quality, Noise levels, water aspects, biological aspects etc. during the

operation of the project will be maintained within the statutorily prescribed levels. As such,

impact due to the projects will be positive on socio-economic aspects. It will be ensured that

the buffer zone of the quarry will be properly preserved environmentally in all respects within

sustainable limits through necessary monitoring. The project will be operated with care for

minimizing environmental impacts with proper EMP measures for pollution control.

4.8.1 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

ThollamurRough stone quarry site has no Relocation and Rehabilitation. Most

villages have benefitted mutually at Thollamur where the mining industry has provided

indirect jobs for labour and villages provide accommodation for the labour and staff.



Page 225 of 259

Supportive industries like food supply and essential shops are economic growth in the

villages. The site has provided road access to a few nearby village sites. 2% from the Total

Project cost will be used for CER activity given in Table 4.25.

Table 4-25Corporate Environmental Responsibility Plan

S. No CER Activity Amount allocated (INR) Remarks

1Developing Drinking water facilities in

ThollamurGovernment School1,33,480 -

Other benefits to Community

Project related logistical operations.

Various trading services for consumer goods, spare parts, sundry items, etc.

Contractual services connected with the project.

Green belt works in the project.

Casual labour needs for various activities.

The project will provide ample opportunity to the local people for direct and in-direct

employment. The proposed project may create opportunities for indirect employment in the

field of vehicle hiring, labours, trading of construction materials, carpenters etc. The major

areas which required immediate attention relates to infrastructure support, health &

sanitation, Anganwadi services, school education, youth development, income generation

activities & veterinary services.



Page 226 of 259

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Incase, the scoping exercise results in need for alternatives:

The Rough Stone are site specific in nature. No R&R, no Sensitive area etc., making

the site suitable for the mining of Rough Stone. The site meets the requirement of all critical

factors that are important for success of mining in the state and could be a pre-eminent

location.Thus, there are no alternative sites examined.

5.2 Description of each Alternative

Semi mechanized opencast method will be used for mining. Opencast method of

semi mechanized mining with 5.0m vertical bench width of the bench is not less than bench

height. As far as quarrying of Rough stone is concerned, observance of the provisions of

Regulation 106(2) (b) as above is seldom (possible due to various inherent petro genetic

factors coupled with mining difficulties).Hence it is proposed to obtain relaxation to the

provisions of the above regulation from the Director of mines safety for which necessary

provision is available with the regulation 106 (2) (b) of MMR-1961, under Mine Act-1952. No

alternative technology will be envisaged for this proposed project.

5.3 Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative

No alternative technology will be envisaged for this proposed project. So, there is no

impact based on alternative.

5.4 Mitigation measures proposed for each Alternative

No alternative technology has been adopted for this proposed project.

5.5 Selection of alternative

Semi mechanized opencast method will be used for this mining project. So, no

alternative technology has been adopted for this proposed project.



Page 227 of 259

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 General

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 will be implemented so as to

reduce the impact on the environment due to the operations of the project. The monitoring

schedules are planned for systematic study of various pollution levels with respect to air and

water qualities, noise levels, etc. to ensure that they conform to the standards laid down by

Environmental Protection Act and various Central and State Pollution Control Board Limits.

The various methodologies and frequency of studies of all environmental quality parameters

also conform to norms laid down by MOEF, CPCB and SPCB in this respect.

The Project proponent will be overseeing/reviewing following activities:

To observe the implementation of environmental control measures.

To ensure implementation of planned plantation programme with monitoring of

survival rate, etc.

To keep monitoring records properly for submission of periodical returns to statutory

authorities and for checking by them.

To evaluate periodically the performance of existing pollution control equipment and

systems for taking prompt action in this respect to rectify the defects.

Conducting safety audits and programmes to create safety awareness in

workers/staff.

Monitoring of dumps and benches for slope stability, monitoring of OB dumps, laying

of check dams, garland drains around the dumps and excavated areas and their

regular maintenance for de-silting.

To study the effects of project activities on the environment.

To interact and liaise with State and Central Government Departments.

To take immediate preventive action in case of some unforeseen environmental

pollution attributable to the project.

Imparting training on safety and conduct safety drills to educate employees.

To ensure that firefighting equipment, etc, are kept in ready-to-use condition.

For each of the environmental attributes, the monitoring plan specifies the

parameters to be monitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration of

monitoring and it also denotes the applicable standards, implementation and supervising

responsibilities.



Page 228 of 259

6.2 Monitoring Schedules for Various Environmental Parameters

The proponent shall adopt the following monitoring schedule for environmental

parameters. However, based on the need and priority it may be suitably modified /

improved. However, since the proponents are different, monitoring, fulfilling of all the

statutory obligations and maintaining records are to be carried out separately by the

proponents.

6.2.1 Ambient Air Quality

The following monitoring schedule is given for ambient air quality.

Parameters

Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Suspended Particulate Matter

(SPM), Respirable Particulate Matter (PM- 2.5/10).

Frequency of Monitoring

Once in a year in each location.

Location

2 or 3 locations in buffer zone and 1 location in work zone. The environmental

standards for Ambient air quality prescribed by CPCB/MOEF/SPCB.

6.2.2 Water Environment

Water quality monitoring at least before and after monsoon from ground water near

the lease area and mine pit water sample shall be monitored. General, Physical and

chemical parameters, etc shall be analyzed.

6.2.3 Noise Measurement

Work Zone noise and Ambient Noise level shall be monitored at least once in a year.

Noise monitoring at ambient air monitoring locations will be carried out. Besides, vibration

studies in the nearby villages shall be carried out, as per necessity and direction of DGMS,

etc. The noiselevel standards as given by CPCB / MOEF given in Table 6-1 will be enforced

in the mine.

Table 6-1 Environment (Protection) Rules 1986

S. No Area code Category of areaLimits in dB(A) Leg

Day Time Night Time1 A Industrial area 75 70

2 B Commercial area 65 55

3 C Residential area 55 45

4 D Silence Zone 50 40



Page 229 of 259

Note:

Day time shall mean from 6 a.m. and 10.0 p.m.

Night time shall mean from 10.0 p.m. and 6 a.m.

Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals,

educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is

declared as such by the competent authority.

Mixed categories of areas may be average as one of the four above mentioned

categories by the competent authority.

* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A

which is relatable to human hearing.

A “decibel” is a unit in which noise is measured. “A”, in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency

weighting in the measurement of noise and corresponds to frequency response

characteristics of the human ear.

Leq: It is energy mean of the noise level over a specified period.

6.3 Post Project Environmental Monitoring

It is imperative that the Project Authorities set up regular monitoring stations to

assess the quality of the neighboring environment of the project. An environmental

monitoring programme is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and

thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and

Identify the effectiveness of mitigate measures suggested in the EMP.

Table 6-2 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program

S.No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequency ofSampling

Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Meteorology OneHourly and Dailybasis.

Wind speed and direction,Temperature, Relative Humidity,Atmospheric pressure, Rainfall.

2.Ambient AirQuality

2 Stations (Indownwind)

Twice a week:24hourly period

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NO2

3. Noise2 (two within sitepremises and twooutside site premises)

Once everyseason

Ambient Equivalent continuousSound Pressure Levels (Leq) atday and Night time.

4Exhaust from DGset

Stack of DG set Quarterly PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & CO



Page 230 of 259

5VehicularEmissions

Parking areaPeriodicmonitoring ofvehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

6 SoilTwo Locations withinthe Project Site

Yearly OncePhysico chemical properties,Nutrients, Heavy metals

7 Terrestrial EcologyWithin 10km, aroundthe project

Once in threeyears

Symptoms of injuries on plants

8Surface/ Groundwater quality

Two Locations WithinProject Site

Yearly OnceAs per ISO 10500 Standardparameters

6.3.1 Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health survey of staff and permanent workers will be undertaken at least

once in a year to detect early incidence of diseases and for promptremedial

medicalfollow up in the matter.

Audiometric test for the workers will be done at regular interval for workers of the noise

prone area. Safety matters also will be reviewed periodically by safety in-charge.

Occupational health and safety is very closely related to productivity and good employer-

employee relationship. The main factors of occupational health in mines are fugitive dust

and noise.

Safety of employees during blasting operation and maintenance of mining equipment

and handling of explosive materials is to be taken care of as per the Mine Regulations,

1961 and Circulars of DGMS. To avoid any adverse effects on the health of workers due

to dust, heat, noise and vibration, sufficient measures have been proposedin the EMP.

These include

Provision of wet drilling /or dust collectors

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water,

fans, toilets etc.

Provision of personnel protection devices for the workers

Rotation of workers exposed to high noise areas

First-aid facilities

Occupational Health Survey of the employees will be carried out at regular intervals.



Page 231 of 259

6.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Table 6-3 Environmental Management Plan

S.No

Salient ItemsProposals as per

Scheme of Mining earlier

Position at the end offive years of Scheme

of Mining period

Proposals for the next fiveyears plan period

1Top Soil storagepreservation andutilization

The recovered interstitialsoil from the mine will beused for Planting treesand growing vegetation.

As proposed in theMining plan the top soilstored in the interboundary of the leasearea for plantationpurposed

In the ensuing Mining planperiod also, top soil will bestored plantation purpose andthus the afforestationprogramme complied with.

2LandReclamation

Proposed not to backfillthe mine-pit, and will beleft as its condition

As proposed in theMining plan, the minepit is left its condition

The mine-pit will be utilized as awater reservoir (or) may beused for fish-culture purpose.

3Waste DumpManagement

Proposed to stack thewaste can be dumped oneither sides of the dykekeep away from theultimate limits.

The waste has beendumped on either sidesof the dyke keep awayfrom the ultimate limits.

In the next five years period.The waste can be dumped oneither sides of the dyke keepaway from the ultimate limits.

4

Afforestationpr

ogram withprecautions forsurvival andprotection ofplantation.

25 tress per year isproposed with the survivalrate of 80%

As proposed, 25 plantsper year were plantedduring the SchemePeriod along theeastern boundary oflease area andachieved survival rateof 80%.

In the ensuring five years periodof Scheme of Mining, 25 plantsper year is proposed to beplanted for complying theafforestation programme withthe arrive survival rate of 80% inthe eastern portion of the leasearea in a phased manner.

5

Quality of minewater and anyinterferencewith surfacewaterspruces

The proposal for theConfinementofwastedumpsarrangedpreventedthe interferenceofsurface watersourcesand thusthequalityofminewaterisgood.

Followed theProcedure asproposedinthe Miningplan.

Proposed the sameprocedure

tobefollowed intheensuingfiveyears.

6Fly rockFragmentsandprecautions

Proposedtofollowupmuffle blasting so as toprevent fly rockfragments.

Followed the

muffleblasting

procedure andthuspreventedthe flyrock fragments.

In the ensuing mining period,the same safety precautionswill be followed.



Page 232 of 259

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Introduction

Theadditional studies involved in this project will consist of following aspects:

1. Public consultation

2. Risk assessment /Disaster Management Plan

3. Mine closure plan as per GCDR 1999

4. Occupational Health and safety studies have been conducted and a

safety plan was prepared.

7.1.1 Public Consultation

The proposed project falls under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B2�

category as per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments thereafter and As per the O.M

issued vide F.No. L-11011/175/2018-IA-II (M), dated: 12.12.2018 considering the cluster the

project is termed under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B1� category. The total area

of the quarry is 2.06.0Ha.

However, the proposed project falls under �B1� category, Schedule 1(a), Public

Hearing is Mandatory. So, EIA report has been prepared as per the obtained ToR vide.

Letter No. SEIAA-TN/F.No.6829/SEAC/ToR-968/2021, dated: 05.07.2021. Draft EIA report

was submitted for Public Hearing (PH).

After PH, the minutes obtained will be incorporated in the EIA report along with action

plan by the proponent. Final EIA will be submitted to TNSEAC for further appraisal of the

project and obtaining Environment Clearance.

7.1.2 Risk Identification & Management

7.1.2.1 Introduction

Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards both to the

employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under

conditions that are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time the environmental

conditions should be such as not to impair his working efficiency.

The various safeguards to be taken to ensure the safety of the mine and that of

employees are provided in the Mines Act, 1952. Risk involves the occurrence or potential

occurrence of some accidents consisting of an event or sequence of events. The risk

assessment study covers the following:



Page 233 of 259

Identification of potential hazard areas

Identification of representative failure cases

Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and

explosion

Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones from the accidental scenarios

Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster

mitigation point of view

Furnish specific recommendationson the minimization of the worst

accidentpossibilities

The completemining will becarried outunder themanagementcontrolanddirection ofa

qualifiedminemanagerholdingafirstclassmanager�s certificate ofcompetency. Moreover,

miningstaffwillbesenttorefresher courses fromtimetotimetokeepthem alert.However,

followingnatural/industrialhazardsmayoccurduringnormaloperation:

Accident due to explosives.

Accident due to heavy mining equipment

In order to take care of above hazard/disasters, the following control measures will be

adopted.

All safety precautions and provisions of the Mine Act, 1952, the MMR 1961 and the

Mines Rules, 1955 will be strictly followed during all mining operations

Entry of unauthorized persons will be prohibited.

Firefighting and first-aid provisions in the mines office complex and mining area;

Provisions of all the safety appliances such as safety boot, helmets, goggles etc. will

be made available to the employees and regular check for their use

Training and refresher courses for all the employees working in hazardous premises;

Under mines rules all employees of mines will have to undergo the training at a

regular interval

Working of mine, as per approved plans and regularly updating the mine plans;

Cleaning of mine faces will be regularly done

Handling of explosives, charging and blasting will be carried out by competent

persons only.

Regular maintenance and testing of all mining equipment as per manufacturer�s

guidelines.

Suppression of dust on the haulage roads.



Page 234 of 259

Increasing the awareness of safety and disaster through competitions, posters and

other similar drives.

For any type of above disaster, a rescue team will be formed by training the mining

staff with specialized training.

7.1.2.2 Identification of Hazards in Open Cast Mining

There are various factors, which can cause disaster in the mines. These hazards are

as follows:

Drilling

Blasting

Overburden handling

Heavy Machinery

7.1.2.3 Drilling

Drilling is an important activity in mining. This activity releases particulate matter into

the air and noise in the vicinity of the operation. The particulate matter/dust can be arrested

by employing dust extractor, wet or dry type. The usage of standard drill bits also reduces

the dust formation. The noise is also arrested by the usage of dust extractors.

The compressors which feed the compressor air to the drilling jack hammers can be

covered in acoustic enclosures which reduce the dust and noise.The hard strata will be

excavated after drilling and blasting. Drilling will be done with jack hammers up to1.5m depth

having a diameter of 32-36mm.

7.1.2.4 Blasting

Most of the accidents from blasting occur due to the projectiles, as they may

sometimes go even beyond the danger zone, mainly due to overcharging of the shot-holes

as a result of certain special features of the local ground. Flying rocks are encountered

during initial and final blasting operations. Vibrations also lead to displacement of adjoining

areas. Dust and noise are also problems commonly encountered during blasting operations.

The damaging impacts on environment are evident noise, gas, flyrock and ground

vibration.

The last factor is most important for safety of constructions, buildings and various

natural objects in the vicinity of mining area.

The ground vibration parameters, crucial for safety of endangered objects have a

significant correlation with charge weight and distance of blasting.



Page 235 of 259

This study tried to associate the main vibration parameter, particle velocity with

blasting parameters and properties of vibration medium.

7.1.2.5 Precautionary Measures to Avoid Accidents Due to Blasting

The provisions laid down in the MMR 1961 related to Blasting shall strictly be

followed. However, some of the main provisions are written here

The Wire saw and crack powder will be utilized extensively to reduce the requirement

for blasting.

The blasting will be done under supervision of blaster/mine mate/mine foreman/mine

manager

Shots shall not be fired except during the hours of daylight.

The holes charged on any particular day shall be fired on the same day.

Adequate blasting shelters or other protection shall be provided at mines.

The shot-firer shall give sufficient warning by effective signals over the entire area

falling within a radius of danger zone.

Multi-shot exploder shall be used. A shot-firer will fire maximum 120 Shots.

During the approach and progress of electrical storm, adequate precautions shall be

taken.

7.1.2.6 Overburden Handling

No overburden will be generated in the proposed project and side burden dump may

cause landslides. High side burden dump created at the quarry edge may cause sliding of

the side burden dump or may cause failure of the pit slope due to excessive loading, thereby

causing loss of life and property.

7.1.2.7 Heavy Machinery

Most of the accidents during transport of dumpers, trucks, proclain, ripper dozers and

other heavy vehicles are often attributable to mechanical failures and human errors.

7.1.2.8 Precautionary Measures to Prevent Accidents due to Trucks and Dumpers

All transportation within the main working shall be carried out directly under the

supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles must be maintained in good conditions and checked thoroughly at least

once a week by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the

Management.

Road signs shall be provided at each and every turning point especially for the

guidance of the drivers.



Page 236 of 259

To avoid danger while reversing of vehicles especially at the embankment and tipping

points, all areas for reversing of lorries should as far as possible be made man free. A

statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in

reducing the incidents of such accidents.

Generally, oversize rocks shall be dealt with in the pit by secondary blasting.

A Load consisting of large rocks must not be over the edge. This is unsafe and may

damage equipment.

The movement of the dumpers will be governed under the Code of Traffic rule, this is

already formulated & implemented.

7.1.2.9 Storage of Explosives

The explosive requirement of the quarry operation is minimal. The blasting

requirement will be carried out using contractors approved by the Controller of Explosives.

No Explosive storage is envisaged in this quarry.

7.1.2.10 Safety Measures at the quarry

Adequate care has been taken in deciding the size of the bench for the working pit.

The benches are properly sloped at an angle of 60 degree to avoid any spillage of

benches.

Adequate drainage system at the top of the pit and also on the benches shall be

made to prevent erosion of the benches.

The quarries will be protected by garland drains around the periphery for storm water

drainage.

7.1.3 Disaster Management Plan

Thedisastermanagement planisaimedtoensuresafetyoflife,protectionof

environment,protectionofinstallation,restorationofproductionandsalvageoperations

inthissameorderofpriorities. Foreffectiveimplementationofthedisastermanagement

plan,itshouldbewidelycirculatedandpersonneltrainingthroughrehearsals/drills. The

objectiveofthedisastermanagement planistomakeuseofthecombinedresourcesof

theminingoperationandtheoutsideservicestoachievethefollowing:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any dead



Page 237 of 259

Provide for the needs of relatives

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause

and circumstances of the emergency

In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to rescue rehabilitation and render

medical help and to restore normalcy.

EmergencyOrganization (EO)

It is recommended to setup an emergency organization. A senior executive (Mine

Manager) who has control over the affairs of the mine would be heading the emergency

organization. He would be designated as site controller. As per the general organization

chart, in the mines, the Mines Foreman would be designated as the Incident Controller

(IC). The incident controller would be reporting to the site controller. Emergency

coordinators would be appointed who would undertake the responsibilities like firefighting,

rescue, rehabilitation, transport and provide essential and support services.

Emergency Communication (EC)

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire etc. would inform

the Mines Foreman. The Mines Foreman would appraise the site controller. Site Controller

verifies the situation from the incident controller takes a decision about an impending on site

emergency. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the

instructions of the site controller.

In order to handle disaster/emergency situations, the following personnel shall deal with

the disaster/Emergency

Mines Manager-site controller

Mines Forman-incident controller

Mine mate –Fire controller

Senior most Driver-Transport coordinator

Senior most operator- Medical coordinator

7.1.3.1 Emergency Services

This includes the fire-fighting system, first aid center, etc. Alternate sources of power

supply for operating fire pumps, communication with local bodies, fire brigade etc. will also



Page 238 of 259

be clearly identified. Adequate number of external and internal telephone connections shall

be installed.

1. Fire Protection System

2. Off Site Emergency Plan

7.1.3.2 Fire Protection System

The fire protection system for the project maintained will consist of Portable hand

appliances of suitable types/capacities for extinguishing small fires in selected mine areas,

storages areas such as that of Diesel, Explosives, etc.

7.1.3.3 Off-Site Emergency Plan

The offsite emergency plan defining the various steps to tackle any offsite

emergencies, which may affect surrounding areas of the project, has to be prepared after

due finalizing discussion in this respect with local Panchayat official, Revenue officials and

District Collector. As per this off site plan, in case of any off site emergencies, actions have

to be promptly initiated to deal with the situation in consultation with Collector and other

revenue officials.

7.1.4 Mine Closure Plan

It is proposed not to back fill the ultimate pit, in as much as quantity of reserves is

available below the workable depth of 37m BGL(Restricted as per ToR Issued). The site

boundaries shall be safely fenced and used as a reservoir after mining activities are over.

There is no proposal for back filling, reclamation and rehabilitation. The quarried

pits after the end of the life of lease will be fenced to prevent inherent entry of public and

cattle. There is no proposal for back filling, reclamation and re-habitation.

7.1.4.1 Progressive Mine Closure Plan

The various schedules for mining activities regarding mining of rough stone, waste

disposal, proposed land use pattern, environmental preservation measures, disaster

management plan, etc. have been fully covered in the earlier chapters in this EIA/EMP

report.

Concurrent planning for various steps to be adopted for final mine closure, along

with regular working schedules and systems of the mine, will facilitate to effect smooth

switchover to final mine closure stages ultimately.



Page 239 of 259

7.1.4.2 Water Quality Management

The ground water quality in the region indicates neutral range with pH values. Most

of the analytical results for ground and surface water showed parameter concentrations well

within the permissible limits. Garland drains will be provided all along the periphery of the

mining pit and along the toes of the side burden dumps. These drains will be aligned in such

a way that all the surface drainage water will be carried away from the mining zone to

settling tanks.

The mining pit�s catchment water will be coursed to the main sump and used for dust

suppression and green belt development & plantation activities.

7.1.4.3 Air Quality Management

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover

12 weeks), i.e. during Pre-Monsoon season (April-June 2021). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb,

NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As, Ni, were monitored. Sampling was carried out as per Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location.

ThefollowingprecautionshavebeenconsideredforabatementofairpollutionintheRough

stone minearea:

Water sprinkling shall be carried out at the active working faces, on all haul-roads

and the dump surfaces.

Regular cleaning and removal of spillage from haul roads and weighbridge areas.

Proper and regular maintenance of mining equipments.

Development of comprehensive green belt around overburden dumps to reduce

fugitive dust emissions in order to create clean and healthy environment.

7.1.4.4 Solid waste Management

As is stated earlier, mining is being carried out by opencast semi-mechanized

method using conventional mining equipmentsi.e. hydraulic excavators / shovels and

dumpers combination with ancillary mining equipment like compressor, generator etc.

Adequate space has been identified within the lease applied area for dumping such

waste material on barren land covered with soil. The 7.5 m safety distance as well as the

defective portion of the deposit may also be used for waste dumping purpose.

7.1.4.5 Mine Drainage

The lease applied areaexhibits plaintopography. Through the area receives scanty

rainfall, the ground water level is at 55m depth. The Production faces are operated at



Page 240 of 259

shallow depths. During the rainy seasons the surface run of water and the gorund water are

collected at one point called as sump and dewatered nearby agricultural field with the help of

7.5HP water pumps.

7.1.4.6 Disposal of Waste

The Mine waste in the mine includes the over burden, side burden, rock fragments

and rubbles generated as mineral rejects during production works and the country rock

fragments generated during development works as approach road formation, formation of

dumping yard sites etc., During the first five years of Mining Plan period, such waste material

are proposed to be dumped along thesidest of the lease area where it comprises of country

rock terrain.

7.1.4.7 Disposal of Mining Machinery

Mining operations are planned to be operated using Hired machinery. The

company will hire Excavators, Mining Tippers, compressors; jack hammers, and other

mining equipment. These machines are complaint to the RTO conditions and CPCB

conditions. Further, the company also operates a central workshop at Salem, to cater to

major repairs/Rectifications of company Equipment.

These machineries are written off and disposed on completion of their normal life

as per the set guidelines of the Government.

7.1.4.8 Other Infrastructure

Mine office, store room, first-aid room etc, will be provided on semi-permanent

structures within the lease applied area.

7.1.4.9 Safety & Security

The water ponds developed in the reclaimed areas shall be properly fenced for

safety. The water from these ponds is likely to be potable and shall be used for human &

cattle consumption and for agriculture purposes.

7.1.4.10 Rehabilitation and Resettlement

There is no need for rehabilitation and Resettlement as the proposed quarry is Patta Land

lease by Tvl. Sri. Santhosh Blue Metals.



Page 241 of 259

8 PROJECTBENEFITS

8.1 Technology in the Physical Infrastructure

Carrying out various developmental works in the nearby region based on the need of the

locals.

8.2 Technology in the Social Infrastructure

Improvement in Per Capita Income.

The socio - Economic conditions of the village and distance will enhance due to the

project, hence the project should be allowed after considering all the parameters.

It can thus be concluded that the project is environmentally compatible, financially

viable and would be in the interest of construction industry thereby indirectly

benefiting the masses.

8.3 Employment potential- Skilled, Semi skilled and Unskilled

The quarrying activities in this belt will benefit to the local people 28 Nos.

The direct beneficiaries will be those who get employed in the mines as skilled and

unskilled workers.

S.No Description No of Persons

1. Skilled

Operator 7

Mechanic 1

Mines manager/Mate 1

2. Semi – skilled

Driver 3

3. Unskilled

Musdoor / Labours 7

Total 19

8.4 Other tangible benefits

Cultural and economic development of the nearby villages can be envisaged.



Page 242 of 259

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST & BENEFIT ANALYSIS

(Not recommended during scoping stage)



Page 243 of 259

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan covers the genesis of pollution, the principal

sources of pollution, the nature of pollution, the proposed measures required for meeting the

prevailing statutory requirements of air emissions, waste water discharge characteristics,

noise levels, land use, socio economics etc for environmental management purpose in

connection with the mining and quarrying related activities in the study area.

10.2 Emission Source Identification

The Emission sources are activities related to pits and quarries including, overburden

operations, drilling, hauling, loading and unloading stockpiles. The emission sources may be

subdivided into six broad categories.

Emissions of Particulate Matter (PM) will be produced during mining activities and

wind-blown dust from storage piles. Emissions of PM from road dust due to vehicular traffic

on unpaved roads.

10.3 Air Quality Management

Quarrying operations are semi mechanized, but there is involvement of labours too.

Dust would be generated during the course of over burden removing, drilling, mining,

hauling, handling and transportation of the material. Dust is likely to be generated from

emissions of diesel vehicles such as SO2, NOx etc.

10.3.1 Measures for dust suppression

Water will be sprinkled for suppression of air borne dust on mine haulage roads and

waste dumps on regular intervals by water tankers. Drilling of blast holes of 30mm - 32 mm

dia will be always under wet condition to prevent flying of dust. In the unloading point of

Tippers, water will be sprinkled and further the drillers are provided with respirators in

accordance with mines regulations.

10.3.2 Emissions from Material Handling

PM emissions occur during the handling and transfer operations of material from one

process to another within the facility. The environmental control measures, which are being

taken and proposed to control the fugitive dust released during the stone quarry production

are given below:



Page 244 of 259

The working faces will be regularly wetted before carrying out the drilling and

excavation.

Dust masks will be provided to the workers especially for the drillers and for the

workers working in the loading operations.

Periodic health checkup for the workers shall be done

Plantation along approach roads and surrounding the Quarry Lease area.

Water tankers with spraying arrangement will be used for regular water sprinkling on

the haul roads to ensure effective dust suppression.

Haulage

Haul road will be maintained regularly.

Speed limits will be prescribed for transport vehicles.

Water will be sprayed daily on the roads by using water tankers.

Periodic maintenance of the trucks used for transport shall be done to reduce smoke

emissions.

Over loading of trucks is avoided.

10.4 Noise Pollution Control

In an operational mine major noise sources are operation of mine machineries,

equipment & plying vehicles. Noise generation may be for an instant, intermittent or

continuous periods, with low to high decibels. General noise levels generated at mines are

documented as below

Equipment Noise Level (dB (A))

Rotary Drills 72-100

Compressor (85 m3/min) 50-55

Excavator 75-90

Diesel Tipper 74-109

Diesel Generator 80-94

The management plan for controlling noise pollution is as given below.

Reducing the drilling operations as far as possible.

Provision of earmuffs to workers working in high noise prone areas.

Proper gradient of haul roads to reduce cumulative noise levels.

Development of green belt all along the boundary of the mining lease area which will

act as effective noise barrier.



Page 245 of 259

Restriction of blast hole drilling to only day time hours and usage of sharp drilling bits

and delivery of compressed air at optimal pressure during drilling.

Noise emanating machine such as compressors, diesel generator are enclosed in

acoustic enclosure so as to reduce the noise level.

10.5 Water Pollution Control Measures

10.5.1 Surface Water

There are no major streams and rivers, which can get affected by the mining. Hence

there will be no major effect on the surface water environment.Surface water ditches or

channels will be made to divert all surface drainage for agricultural purposes.

10.5.2 Mine Drainage Water

The ground water may not rise immediately in this type of mining. The rain water

percolation and collection of water from the seepage shall be less than 300lpm and it shall

be pumped about periodically by a stand by diesel powered centrifugal pump motivated with

7.5H.P Motor.

Mine water will be used in wet drilling process, dust suppression & green belt

development

The runoff from the dumps will be channelized and care will be taken.

10.6 Land Environment

Landscape will be slightly changed due to open cast quarry. There will be no land

subsidence as area is made up of hard rock. Aesthetic environment will not be effected, as

the quarry is located in flat terrain. Agriculture is seen mainly in the plains far away from the

lease area. A few bushes will be cleared to facilitate mining and other related activities and

there are no big trees.

A retaining wall and garland drain will be constructed all around to prevent the wash

off.

10.6.1 Top soil management

Top soil will be removed in advance and stacked separately. To improve its quality,

soil stabilizers shall be mixed and leguminous plantation will be done over these stacks. Top

soil shall be used in afforestation work, as early as possible. A retaining wall and garland

drain will be constructed all around to prevent the wash off.



Page 246 of 259

10.7 Solid Waste Management

The solid waste that is likely to be generated during the quarry activity will be stacked

along the lease barrier according to their quality and size.The sub Grade material and waste

generated will be stored within the lease boundary over areas. All the care will be taken to

minimize the waste generation at the source.

Top Soil recovered will be used in the green belt areas around the lease area.

Top soil Stored on the inner boundary of the mining lease area. To improve its

quality, soil stabilizers shall be mixed and leguminous plantation will be done over

these stacks.

The solid waste that is likely to be generated during the quarry activity will be stacked

along the lease barrier according to the mining plan.

10.8 Stabilization of Dumps

The dumps are mainly constituted of quarry waste. It will be afforested properly to

stabilize the dumps and preserve soil character.Garland canal also will be dug around the

dump.

As the waste generation in the mine includes hard rock fragments of considerable

size and irregular shape with varying angularity, the waste dump will be stable on its own

even at higher slopes of the sides.

10.9 Biological Environment

As in any typical Ligneous rocks deposit, there is no tree growth on the area, but

grass shrub and bushes grow sparsely. No wildlife is found in quarry Lease area. In order

to minimize the impacts and to improve up on the existing eco system afforestation plan

will be envisaged.

10.10 Afforestation Plan

The main aim of the plantation of the mined out areas is to stabilize the area to

protect it from rain, wind erosion, improve the aesthetics and support the re-creation of bio-

diversity.

Afforestation will be taken up along the lease area.

In the Mining Plan 25 plants per year is proposed to be planted for complying

Afforestation program with the arrived survival rate of 80% in the lease area in the

phased manner.

Only Shrubs and bushes are seen in the quarry Lease area.



Page 247 of 259

10.11 Occupational Health & Safety Measures

Rough stone does not contain any toxic elements. Further this being a semi-

mechanized mine, production is by semi-mechanized means and waste material handling

partly by mechanized way, there shall be marginal impact on air and noise qualities.

Therefore, the possibilities of any health hazards are minimal.

Awareness and planning are keys to prevention of occupational health hazards.

Conducting air monitoring to measure worker exposures and to ensure that provided

controls are adequate for protection of workers.

Adequate respiratory protection will be provided to the workers.

Periodic medical examinations for all workers.

Provide workers with training that includes information about health effects, work

practices, and use of protective equipments.

10.12 Socio-Economic Benefits

Rough stone Quarry project is not going to have any negative impact on the social or

cultural life of the villagers in the near vicinity. The quarry activity will provide job

opportunities, which will help them to develop economically.

Rough stone Quarry will be done with the vision of leaving a positive impact on socio-

economics of people living in the nearby villages. A first-aid centre to meet the basic medical

needs of employees will be provided.

10.12.1 Employment potential

Around 19 people will be employed including material suppliers, outside workshops,

unit supported industries. Local villagers residing in the nearby villages shall be employed as

semi-skilled workers.

10.12.2 Care and Maintenance during Temporary Discontinuance

All the provisions as per the Mines Act 1952 and Rule17 of GC & DR 1999 shall be

strictly adhered during temporary discontinuation.

10.12.3 Safety and Security

At the end of quarry operations, the total area excavated will be fenced properly with

single opening for workers engaged in closure plan work.



Page 248 of 259

10.13 Budget for Environmental Protection

It is necessary to include the environmental cost as a part of the budgetary cost

component. Total of Rs.1,20,000/- allocated for environmental protection activities.

Environmental Management cost is given inTable 10-1.

Table 10-1 Environmental Management Plan Cost

S. No. Description Cost (Rs.)1 Air Quality Sampling 40,000/-

2 Water quality sampling 40,000/-

3 Noise Monitoring 20,000/-


Total Cost (per year) 1,20,000/-



Page 249 of 259

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Background

The applicant Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals, represented by its partner Thiru.S.V.Venkatesh

intends to quarry Thollamur Rough stone Quarry, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha, with

Production Capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone for five years (Restricted as per ToR

Issued), at survey number8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District,

TamilNadu State.

It is a Patta Land registered in the name of Thiru.Sundramoorthy vide patta No.413,

Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metals has obtained consent from the pattadhars.The applicant has

been granted quarry lease for five years.Thollamur Rough stone, over an extent of 2.06.0Ha,

with Production Capacity of 2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone and 30,740m3 of Earth for five years

(Restricted as per ToR Issued), at survey number 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur

Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu Statefor the ensuring mining plan period five years.

Accordingly, the District Collector of Villupuram had issued the precise area communication

letter to produce the approved Mining Plan within a period 90 days as per Rule 8-C (3b) of

Tamil Nadu Minor Mineral Concession Rules, 1959 vide RC No.A/G&M/357/2018, dated

04.01.2019.

The project falls under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B2� category as per

EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments thereafter and As per the O.M issued vide F.No.

L-11011/175/2018-IA-II (M), dated: 12.12.2018 considering the cluster the project is termed

under Schedule 1(a) Mining of Minor Minerals �B1� category.TheToR application was

submitted under category B1, schedule 1(a) to TN SEIAA vide File No. 6829/2021

The proposal was appraised during 213th SEAC meeting held on 11.06.2021 and

447th SEIAA meeting held on 05.07.2021 and ToR was issued vide Letter No. SEIAA-

TN/F.No.6829/SEAC/ToR-968/2021, dated: 05.07.2021 for the preparation of Draft EIA/EMP

report. The draft EIA/EMP report was submitted for Public Hearing (PH).

After PH, the minutes obtained will be incorporated in the EIA report along with action

plan by the proponent. Final EIA will be submitted to TNSEAC for further appraisal of the

project and obtaining Environment Clearance.



Page 250 of 259

Tvl.Sri Santhosh Blue Metalsas part of the compliance from MoEF&CC has

appointed M/s Hubert Enviro Care systems (P) Ltd, Chennai as Environmental Consultants

who are accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET),

Quality Council of India (QCI), New Delhi.

The proposed production capacity of the quarry during the mining plan period is

2,89,870 m3 of Rough Stone and 30,740 m3 of earth(Restricted as per ToR Issued) for five

years. Mine lease area falls in the survey of India Topo sheet 57 P/12 and lies between the

GPS coordinates of 12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E.

11.2 Management Commitment

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The

company will comply the environmental laws. M/s. Santhosh Blue metals will maintain well

developed Greenbelt. Also all the environmental statutory requirements will be implemented

and maintained continually.

11.3 Environmental Sensitive Areas

The detailed Environmental Sensitivity areas within the 15km radius of the project

site are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.4 and Table 3-1.

11.4 Rough Stone Quarry Reserves

The estimated Geological Reserves of Rough stone estimated based on the

Geological cross sections was 9,14,130 m3 of Rough stone and 40,628 m3 of Earth.

The Mineable Reserves have been arrived as 2,98,440 m3of Rough Stone and 30,740

m3 of Earth.

The Proposed production capacity is 2,89,870 m3of Rough Stone and 30,740m3 of

Earth for five years.(Restricted as per ToR Issued)

11.5 Summary of the Magnitude of Operation

The Rough stone quarrying operation is proposed to carry out by opencast semi

mechanized method by formation of benches. Benches are proposed with a height of

5m &5m width. Major machineries are Compressor, Jack hammer, and excavator is

used in proposed quarry. Tippers and dumpers will be used for transportation.

The Proposed production capacity is 2,89,870 m3of Rough Stone and 30,740 m3 of

Earth for five years.(Restricted as per ToR Issued)

The mineable reserves have been computed as2,98,440 m3of Rough Stone and



Page 251 of 259

30,740 m3 of Earth.

The effective geological reserves have been worked out as 9,14,130 m3 of Rough

stone and 40,628 m3 of Earth.

11.5.1 Land requirement:

The Rough stone mine is over an extent of 2.06.0 Ha. Lease area located at 8/1B &

8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State, lies in the

12°03’30" N to 12°03’36" N and 79°40’23" E to 79°40’30" E.

The lease area topography is plain terrain; elevation is 94 m (max) AMSL. The area

is marked in the survey of India Topo sheet No. 57 P/12.

11.5.2 Water Requirement

The total water requirement is 2.0 KLD (Drinking & Domestic purpose-0.5 KLD, Dust

suppression -1.0 KLD & for Greenbelt-0.5KLD). The total water requirement will be

met fromPrivate tankers.

The rough stone quarry will not produce toxic effluent in the form of solid, liquid or

gas.

No wastewater will be discharged by quarry operation. Domestic wastewater will be

disposed to Septic Tank followed by soak pit.

11.5.3 Power & Fuel Requirement

No power is required during mining operations. Working is restricted on day time only

between 9AM to 5PM with 1PM to 2PM as lunch break.

1,54,340liters of HSD for the entire project life will be brought from nearby diesel

pumps.

11.5.4 Manpower

Manpower requirement for the proposed project is 19 Nos.

11.5.5 Solid Waste Generation & Management

Municipal solid waste (2.28 kg/day) will be segregated as Organic will dispse through

local municipal bins and inorganic waste (1.52 kg/day) will be disposed through

TNPCB authorized recyclers.

Waste diesel Oil will be collected in leak proof containers and disposed to TNPCB

Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling.

11.5.6 Project Cost

The total capital investment on the project is Rs. 66,74,000/- including EMP cost is



Page 252 of 259

1,20,000/-.

11.6 Baseline Study

Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area:

An area covering 10km radius from ThollamurRough stone quarry boundary has

been earmarked as study area for baseline studies.

Summary of Baseline Studies:

Site has a plain terrain with level 94m Above MSL.

The project site falls under Zone- III (Moderate Risk Zone) as per IS 1893 (Part- I).

The predominant wind direction is South East during study period.

Max Temperature: 40 0C Min Temperature: 240C& Avg Temperature: 30.87 0C

Average Relative Humidity: 67.65 %

Average Wind Speed :3.34 m/s

Ambient Air Quality

Maximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12,

As &Ni, are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial

and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period. The ambient air

quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the

study area.

The average baseline levels of PM10 is 49 to 55µg/m³, PM2.5 is 23 to 30µg/m³, SO2 is

9 to 13 µg/m³, NO2 is 18 to 23 µg/m³, all the parameters are well within the National Ambient

Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring

locations during the study periodfrom June to August 2021.

Noise Environment

Ambient noise levels were monitored using precision noise level meter in and around

the project site at 10 km radius at 8 locations during study period.In Project site day time

noise levels was about 59.2 dB(A) and 53.8 dB(A) during night time, which is within

prescribed limit by CPCB (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).

In residential areas day time noise levels varied from 47.4 dB(A) to 49.7 dB(A) and

night time noise levels varied from 40.1 dB(A) to 41.6 dB(A) across the sampling stations.

The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels is within

the prescribed limit by CPCB (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).



Page 253 of 259

Water Environment

The prevailing status of water quality at 08 locations for surface water and 8 locations

for ground water have been assessed during the study period. The standard methods

prescribed in IS were followed for sample collection, preservation and analysis in the

laboratory for various physiochemical parameters.

Surface water quality

pHranges from 7.26 to 8.13.

Total Dissolved Solids range from 568 mg/l to 1047 mg/l.

Chloride ranges from 85.4 mg/l to 193.16 mg/l.

The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varies between 16.1 mg/l

– 93.41 mg/l.

Total hardness ranges between 200.5 mg/l to 437.8 mg/l.

The BOD value ranges from 1.9 mg/l to 34.9 mg/l.

COD value 12 to 74 mg/l.

The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se at all

locations are within the limits of IS 2296:1992(Class-C: Drinking water with

conventional treatment followed by disinfection.)

Ground Water Quality

The average pH ranges from 7.35 and 8.04.

TDS value varied from varied from 517 mg/l – 958mg/l

The chloride concentration ranged from 116.2 mg/l – 319.57 mg/l

Sodium range from 49.1 mg/l to 137mg/l

Potassium concentration range from 4.8 to 8.2 mg/l.

Magnesium ranges from 21.2 to 37.5 mg/l within the permissible limitof the IS 10500:

2012.

The sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 28.4

mg/l – 107.23 mg/l meeting the acceptable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

It is observed that all the collected ground water samples meets the drinking water

standards (IS 10500:2012) and can be used for drinking.



Page 254 of 259

Land Environment

Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation

growth, agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality.

Soil sampling was carried out at eight (08) locations in the study area.

It is observed that,

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.35 to 8.01.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 142 to 294μmho/cm

Nitrogen content ranged from 240 mg/kg to 391 mg/kg.

Phosphorous ranged from 7.1 mg/kg to 11.6 mg/kg.

Potassium content ranges from 158 mg/kg to 297 mg/kg.

Biological Environment

The floral diversity is grouped into trees, shrubs, climbers and herbs. Similarly, the

faunal diversity is grouped into mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians. There is no extinct

flora and fauna species found in the study area.

Flora

It was observed that the flora, which includes herbs, shrubs and trees, were sparsely

distributed within study area as per IUCN status Least concern, vulnerablespecies are

observed within the study area. The detailed List of flora in the study area is given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.11.1 &Table 3-20.

Fauna

No rare and endangered faunalspecies are found in the project area as well as study

area. List of fauna in the study area is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.11.5& Table 3-21

Observed species comes under least concern as per IUCN status.

Socio Economic Environment

The project is located at Thollamurvillage, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram

District, Tamil Nadu. The total population in 2011 is 3,458,873; of which male and female are

1,740,819 and 1,718,054 respectively. . In education section, total literates in Viluppuram

district are 2195776 of which 1234479 are males while 961297 are females. Average literacy

rate of Viluppuram city is 71.88 percent of which male and female literacy was 80.55 and

63.15 percent. The sex ratio of the district was 987, lower than the State sex ratio of 996.



Page 255 of 259

11.7 Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Air Environment

The emissions mainly generated from the mining activities are Blasting, Drilling,

Scrapping, Excavation, Loading, Unloading, and transportation etc. Machinery like

compressors and jack hammers are used for Drilling. Fugitive dust control in mine is shown

in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1 Fugitive dust control in mine

S. No Activities Best practices1 Drilling Drills should be provided with dust extractors (dry or wet system)

2 Blasting Water spray before blasting Water spray on blasted material prior to transportation Use of controlled blasting technique

3Transportation ofmined material

Covering of the trucks/dumpers to avoid spillage Compacted haul road Speed control on vehicles Development of a green belt of suitable width on both sides of road,

which acts as wind break and traps fugitive dust

Noise Environment

Baseline study showed that the noise levels in both Industrial area and in Residential

area are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by CPCB. The designed equipment

with noise levels not exceeding beyond the requirements of Occupational Health and

Safety Administration Standard will be employed.

Land Use

The total quarry is over and extent of 2.06.0Ha. at SF. No. 8/1B & 8/2located in

Thollamur village, Vannur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu State.

Table 11-2 Land Use Pattern of the lease area





3 Roads Nil 0.02.00

4 Unutilized 2.06.0 0.31.00


Total 2.06.0 2.06.00

Wastewater Management

Sewage (0.45 KLD) will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. There is no

industrial effluent generation during quarry operation.



Page 256 of 259

Biological Environment

To reduce the adverse effects on flora/fauna status that are found in project area due

to deposition of dust generating from mining operations, water sprinkling and water

spraying systems will be ensured in all dust prone areas to arrest dust generation.

Solid/ Hazardous Waste Management

Municipal Solid Wastes including food waste are being disposed to municipal bin.

Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water & Wastewater

Quality, Noise Quality as per Tamil Nadu State Pollution Control Board (TNPCB),

shall be maintained.

11.8 Greenbelt Development

The green belt plantation programme will be continued till the end of the mining

operation in the area. In framing out this programme on a sustainable and scientific

base, due consultation and coordination with the forest department will be sought.

The plantation will be developed around the mining lease about 0.15.00 Ha, out of

2.06.0Ha. Plants are chosen to provide aesthetic, ecological and economical value.

Trees will help to arrest propagation of noise and help to lessen dust pollution due to

dust arresting action.

11.9 Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan include

Emergency shutdown procedure.

Fire protection system.

Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency.

Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries.

11.10 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

The site has no Relocation and Rehabilitation.

Most villages have benefitted mutually at Thomallurwhere the mining industry has

provided indirect jobs for labor and villages provide accommodation for the labor and

staff.

Supportive industries like food supply and essential shops are economic growth in

the villages.



Page 257 of 259

11.11 Benefits of the Proposed Project

The quarrying activities in this belt will benefit to the local people 19 Nos.

Improvement in Per Capita Income.

The socio - Economic conditions of the village and distance will enhance due to the

project, hence the project should be allowed after considering all the parameters.

It can thus be concluded that the project is environmentally compatible, financially

viable and would be in the interest of construction industry thereby indirectly

benefiting the masses.



Page 258 of 259

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project at

Survey. No. 8/1B & 8/2, Thollamur village, Vanur Taluk, Villupuram District, TamilNadu

Stateto undertake EIA study. The nature of consultancy service rendered covers terrestrial

environmental assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J. R. Moses with the

vision to serve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the latest

technological advancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd

(HECS) after having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like

Thermal Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks,

Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development,

supply, erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully

executed more than 200 environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors

both in India and overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and

engineering solutions.

12.2 Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees

Total no of Employees : 736

Consultancy : 26

Laboratory : 77

Projects : 19

Operation & Maintenance : 614



Page 259 of 259

12.3 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in.

Date post:	21-Mar-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

THOLLAMURROUGH STONE & EARTH QUARRY Over an ...

Documents